Compare commits

..
69 Commits
Author SHA1 Message Date
Cameron Gutman f64486c88f Version 0.9.0 2019-02-17 00:18:42 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 80a40ac5f9 Increase frame drop threshold 2019-02-16 23:13:35 -08:00
Cameron Gutman a1956350b1 Rename pacing drop to jitter drop to be less confusing for users 2019-02-16 23:04:25 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 2c09875556 Fix input handler cleanup on startup failure 2019-02-16 01:39:31 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 561eed4cbd Use 2 concurrent jobs on Travis CI 2019-02-16 00:59:00 -08:00
Cameron Gutman a8f72df7f8 Fix in-tree builds 2019-02-16 00:42:09 -08:00
Cameron Gutman ab4127f940 Use presence of a frame after rendering rather than render time for frame dropping 2019-02-15 22:44:52 -08:00
Cameron Gutman f03d12b677 Use a separate render thread even with a V-Sync source 2019-02-15 22:09:50 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 81c6202582 Rename renderFrameAtVsync() to renderFrame() in preparation for further refactoring 2019-02-15 21:07:02 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 6cab2bec61 Don't trust VT to tell us whether decode is supported 2019-02-15 19:10:21 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 94ffda653c Update SDL_GameControllerDB to add new mappings 2019-02-15 19:00:30 -08:00
Cameron Gutman c2268b45f6 Merge pull request #177 from konst2/master
Fix hotkeys for non-latin keyboard layouts
2019-02-15 18:57:24 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 38b8a59fe5 Adjust overlay color for more contrast 2019-02-15 18:53:40 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 640e3213ee Copy the required data files into place for building in the IDE 2019-02-15 18:47:42 -08:00
Cameron Gutman b1799009b3 Use the Path class to lookup ModeSeven.ttf 2019-02-15 18:13:36 -08:00
Cameron Gutman f8e693a060 Drop samples to account for lost time reinitializing audio. Fixes #176 2019-02-14 22:32:54 -08:00
Cameron Gutman aba806bc32 Implement debug overlay for VideoToolbox renderer 2019-02-13 20:55:52 -08:00
Cameron Gutman b1fb3f2391 Set FFmpeg log level at debug until first frame is rendered 2019-02-13 18:34:59 -08:00
konst2 041e901c61 Fix hotkeys for non-latin keyboard layouts 2019-02-13 19:56:44 +03:00
Cameron Gutman bb72134992 Attempt to fix Travis CI Linux build 2019-02-12 23:25:23 -08:00
Cameron Gutman f83853c2fb OverlayManager now manages font size for the overlays 2019-02-12 22:36:56 -08:00
Cameron Gutman d5f7b20be3 Update common-c with sign extension fix 2019-02-12 22:24:47 -08:00
Cameron Gutman b878d64460 Check rumble controller number is within the supported range 2019-02-12 22:05:55 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 5397e8ae1a Don't use SDL_GameControllerGetPlayerIndex() because the indexes may be non-contiguous (and wrong) on XInput 2019-02-12 22:04:05 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 46bd8ad83d Add debug overlay for SDL renderer 2019-02-12 21:55:15 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 4dac57cf8c Add SDL2_ttf dependency for Linux 2019-02-12 21:38:51 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 95cb026446 Add SDL2_ttf for macOS 2019-02-12 21:32:11 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 76ea714257 Add SDL2_ttf for Windows 2019-02-12 21:18:55 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 5788fa7204 Make OverlayManager own the overlay color setting 2019-02-12 20:39:10 -08:00
Cameron Gutman d077c6450f Split SdlRenderer from renderer.h 2019-02-12 19:58:36 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 4499ed3878 Work around dialog rendering issue with QGnomePlatform. Fixes #161 2019-02-12 19:45:14 -08:00
Cameron Gutman feb5e3bc78 Fix SDL_WasInit asserts firing due to lifetime management issues with SdlInputHandler 2019-02-12 19:30:02 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 23f1060756 Polish the resume/quit buttons 2019-02-12 19:07:48 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 6ed512e762 Provide a renderer callback when the overlay data changes 2019-02-12 18:43:38 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 947970e07b Shortcut decoder initialization when only using it for capability testing 2019-02-12 18:42:53 -08:00
Cameron Gutman df567b405a Minor bugfixes to haptics 2019-02-11 21:55:56 -08:00
MINICOM\mrb11 7b0596d9df Add controller rumble support. 2019-02-11 21:39:55 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 4b7200ae69 Don't display the connection terminated dialog for intended disconnects 2019-02-10 02:19:37 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 710648f3f4 Fix QuitSegue -> StreamSegue transition to be direct via replacement and disallow toolbar interactions 2019-02-09 21:15:17 -08:00
Cameron Gutman d2002b6a62 Fix SOPS issues causing 720p60 settings on non-standard resolutions and FPS values 2019-02-09 20:37:11 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 8de42b3199 Fix gamepad menu focus and dismissal issues 2019-02-09 19:59:01 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 48e78d2cd3 Don't allow focus on invisible menu items 2019-02-09 19:21:43 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 1fd099db70 Log when StretchRect() fails 2019-02-09 18:47:57 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 2986a40c5a Fix some gamepads working for UI navigation but not in game 2019-01-29 22:01:05 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 8bb6d4d0d9 Fix VDPAU scaling on AMD cards. Fixes #171 2019-01-29 20:52:41 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 00f08578ee Update common-c to fix IDR issue on GFE 3.17 2019-01-29 20:18:03 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 6a514c7f51 Update readme to point to Snap package 2019-01-29 18:30:56 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 21aad643f3 Use 32 pixel alignment for HEVC to fix Intel green line issue 2019-01-28 21:26:27 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 8687448966 Use StretchRect() on Intel GPUs or if VideoProcessBlt() fails 2019-01-28 19:18:43 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 6fcc8b721b Add a button for quitting the running app 2019-01-26 23:57:02 -08:00
Cameron Gutman b4bbd58c77 Add long press action on PC view for touchscreens 2019-01-26 23:11:09 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 1a45b8f07a Fix dialog box styles 2019-01-26 21:45:32 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 4471a858db Fix miscounted pacer dropped frames in non-pacing mode 2019-01-22 21:21:29 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 22e712af5a Add v-sync text to stats overlay 2019-01-22 20:55:58 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 9799b82d53 Improve long render time logic 2019-01-22 20:55:35 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 78915e0b99 Use a separate render thread when not using frame pacing 2019-01-22 20:31:31 -08:00
Cameron Gutman c9cc65aae7 Fix appstream metadata release date for v0.8.1 2019-01-22 19:07:14 -08:00
Cameron Gutman a4edd9d202 Submit frame directly from the decoder thread to avoid interference from the main thread 2019-01-21 20:27:37 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 7747624c80 Revert "Wake up main thread immediately after new frame is pushed"
This reverts commit aab7191a44.
2019-01-21 20:10:13 -08:00
Cameron Gutman aab7191a44 Wake up main thread immediately after new frame is pushed 2019-01-21 18:57:14 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 1f972b1828 Require several consecutive long render times to drop a frame 2019-01-21 17:58:42 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 58b77cf589 Fix inaccurate pacer drop and network drop percentages and add total FPS stat 2019-01-21 17:43:15 -08:00
Cameron Gutman c064f87889 Drop a frame if the rendering time exceeds the v-sync period 2019-01-20 19:59:29 -08:00
Cameron Gutman d6b4c8e7da Avoid blocking decoding operations during Present calls 2019-01-20 14:08:53 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 49f0b45fa8 Update build requirements for Windows 2019-01-20 11:58:30 -08:00
Cameron Gutman b19c4bfc5d Add performance overlay for DXVA2 renderer 2019-01-19 23:05:56 -08:00
Cameron Gutman e944c819d9 Add prefix for NvLogLevel enum values 2019-01-19 21:32:35 -08:00
Cameron Gutman 75f631599c Ensure all polling threads are dead before destroying hosts, even ones that have been detached by stopPollingAsync() 2019-01-19 19:18:50 -08:00
Cameron Gutman e0bebeae25 Allow theme overrides via environment variables 2019-01-19 17:06:35 -08:00
127 changed files with 26783 additions and 530 deletions
+8 -5
View File
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ language: cpp
git:
depth: 1
env:
- NJOBS=2
matrix:
include:
- os: osx
@@ -14,13 +17,12 @@ matrix:
addons:
apt:
sources:
- sourceline: 'ppa:beineri/opt-qt596-xenial'
- sourceline: 'ppa:beineri/opt-qt597-xenial'
- sourceline: 'ppa:jonathonf/ffmpeg-4'
packages:
- qt59base
- qt59quickcontrols2
- qt59svg
- qt59multimedia
- libesd0-dev
- libgl-dev
- libegl1-mesa-dev
@@ -35,7 +37,8 @@ matrix:
install:
- '[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" != osx ] || brew install qt5'
- '[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" != osx ] || brew link --force qt5'
- if [[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ]]; then export SDL2_VER=2.0.8 && wget https://www.libsdl.org/release/SDL2-$SDL2_VER.tar.gz && tar -xvf SDL2-$SDL2_VER.tar.gz && cd SDL2-$SDL2_VER && ./configure && make && sudo make install && cd ..; fi
- if [[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ]]; then export SDL2_VER=2.0.9 && wget https://www.libsdl.org/release/SDL2-$SDL2_VER.tar.gz && tar -xvf SDL2-$SDL2_VER.tar.gz && cd SDL2-$SDL2_VER && ./configure && make -j$NJOBS && sudo make install && cd ..; fi
- if [[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ]]; then export SDL2_TTF_VER=2.0.15 && wget https://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_ttf/release/SDL2_ttf-$SDL2_TTF_VER.tar.gz && tar -xvf SDL2_ttf-$SDL2_TTF_VER.tar.gz && cd SDL2_ttf-$SDL2_TTF_VER && ./configure && make -j$NJOBS && sudo make install && cd ..; fi
before_script:
- '[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" != "linux" ] || source /opt/qt59/bin/qt59-env.sh'
@@ -46,5 +49,5 @@ before_script:
script:
- qmake moonlight-qt.pro -spec $QMAKESPEC
- make debug
- make release
- make -j$NJOBS debug
- make -j$NJOBS release
+7 -5
View File
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ You can follow development on our [Discord server](https://discord.gg/6ERtzFY).
## Downloads
- [Windows and macOS](https://github.com/moonlight-stream/moonlight-qt/releases)
- [Linux](https://flathub.org/apps/details/com.moonlight_stream.Moonlight)
- [Snap (for Ubuntu-based Linux distros)](https://snapcraft.io/moonlight)
- [Flatpak (for other Linux distros)](https://flathub.org/apps/details/com.moonlight_stream.Moonlight)
## Building
### General Build Requirements
@@ -28,10 +29,11 @@ You can follow development on our [Discord server](https://discord.gg/6ERtzFY).
### Windows-specific Requirements
* Windows 7 or later
* Visual Studio 2015 or later
* [Visual Studio](https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/downloads/) 2015 or later (Community edition is fine)
* Select MSVC Desktop toolchain during Qt installation
* 7-Zip (only if building installers for non-development PCs)
* WiX Toolset v3.11 or later (only if building installers for non-development PCs)
* [DirectX SDK](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=6812)
* [7-Zip](https://www.7-zip.org/) (only if building installers for non-development PCs)
* [WiX Toolset](http://wixtoolset.org/releases/) v3.11 or later (only if building installers for non-development PCs)
### Mac-specific Requirements
* macOS Sierra (10.12) or later
@@ -40,7 +42,7 @@ You can follow development on our [Discord server](https://discord.gg/6ERtzFY).
### Linux-specific Requirements
* GCC or Clang
* Install your distro equivalents of: `openssl-devel qt5-devel SDL2-devel ffmpeg-devel qt5-qtquickcontrols2-devel libva-devel libvdpau-devel opus-devel pulseaudio-libs-devel alsa-lib-devel`
* Install your distro equivalents of: `openssl-devel qt5-devel SDL2-devel ffmpeg-devel qt5-qtquickcontrols2-devel libva-devel libvdpau-devel opus-devel pulseaudio-libs-devel alsa-lib-devel SDL2_ttf-devel`
* FFmpeg 4.0 is required to build. If your distro doesn't package FFmpeg 4.0, you can build and install it from source on http://ffmpeg.org/
### Build Setup Steps
BIN
View File
Binary file not shown.
+39 -10
View File
@@ -37,25 +37,31 @@ DEFINES += QT_DEPRECATED_WARNINGS
DEFINES += QT_DISABLE_DEPRECATED_BEFORE=0x060000 # disables all the APIs deprecated before Qt 6.0.0
win32 {
INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/../libs/windows/include
INCLUDEPATH += \
$$PWD/../libs/windows/include \
$$(DXSDK_DIR)/Include
contains(QT_ARCH, i386) {
LIBS += -L$$PWD/../libs/windows/lib/x86
LIBS += -L$$(DXSDK_DIR)/Lib/x86
}
contains(QT_ARCH, x86_64) {
LIBS += -L$$PWD/../libs/windows/lib/x64
LIBS += -L$$(DXSDK_DIR)/Lib/x64
}
LIBS += ws2_32.lib winmm.lib dxva2.lib ole32.lib gdi32.lib user32.lib d3d9.lib dwmapi.lib dbghelp.lib
}
macx {
INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/../libs/mac/include $$PWD/../libs/mac/Frameworks/SDL2.framework/Versions/A/Headers
INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/../libs/mac/include
INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/../libs/mac/Frameworks/SDL2.framework/Versions/A/Headers
INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/../libs/mac/Frameworks/SDL2_ttf.framework/Versions/A/Headers
LIBS += -L$$PWD/../libs/mac/lib -F$$PWD/../libs/mac/Frameworks
}
unix:!macx {
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig soundio
PKGCONFIG += openssl sdl2 opus
PKGCONFIG += openssl sdl2 SDL2_ttf opus
# For libsoundio
packagesExist(libpulse) {
@@ -85,11 +91,11 @@ unix:!macx {
}
}
win32 {
LIBS += -llibssl -llibcrypto -lSDL2 -lavcodec -lavutil -lopus
LIBS += -llibssl -llibcrypto -lSDL2 -lSDL2_ttf -lavcodec -lavutil -lopus -ld3dx9
CONFIG += ffmpeg soundio
}
macx {
LIBS += -lssl -lcrypto -lavcodec.58 -lavutil.56 -lopus -framework SDL2
LIBS += -lssl -lcrypto -lavcodec.58 -lavutil.56 -lopus -framework SDL2 -framework SDL2_ttf
LIBS += -lobjc -framework VideoToolbox -framework AVFoundation -framework CoreVideo -framework CoreGraphics -framework CoreMedia -framework AppKit
# For libsoundio
@@ -121,7 +127,8 @@ SOURCES += \
backend/autoupdatechecker.cpp \
path.cpp \
settings/mappingmanager.cpp \
gui/sdlgamepadkeynavigation.cpp
gui/sdlgamepadkeynavigation.cpp \
streaming/video/overlaymanager.cpp
HEADERS += \
utils.h \
@@ -147,7 +154,8 @@ HEADERS += \
backend/autoupdatechecker.h \
path.h \
settings/mappingmanager.h \
gui/sdlgamepadkeynavigation.h
gui/sdlgamepadkeynavigation.h \
streaming/video/overlaymanager.h
# Platform-specific renderers and decoders
ffmpeg {
@@ -160,10 +168,10 @@ ffmpeg {
streaming/video/ffmpeg-renderers/pacer/pacer.cpp \
streaming/video/ffmpeg-renderers/pacer/nullthreadedvsyncsource.cpp
HEADERS += \
streaming/video/ffmpeg.h \
streaming/video/ffmpeg-renderers/renderer.h \
streaming/video/ffmpeg-renderers/sdlvid.h \
streaming/video/ffmpeg-renderers/pacer/pacer.h \
streaming/video/ffmpeg-renderers/pacer/nullthreadedvsyncsource.h
}
@@ -277,6 +285,18 @@ else:win32:CONFIG(debug, debug|release): LIBS += -L$$OUT_PWD/../AntiHooking/debu
INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/../AntiHooking
DEPENDPATH += $$PWD/../AntiHooking
defineTest(copyToDestDir) {
files = $$1
for(FILE, files) {
!equals(PWD, $$OUT_PWD) {
QMAKE_POST_LINK += $$QMAKE_COPY $$shell_quote($$shell_path($$PWD/$$FILE)) $$shell_quote($$shell_path($$OUT_PWD)) $$escape_expand(\\n\\t)
}
}
export(QMAKE_POST_LINK)
}
unix:!macx: {
isEmpty(PREFIX) {
PREFIX = /usr/local
@@ -299,9 +319,15 @@ unix:!macx: {
appstream.files = deploy/linux/com.moonlight_stream.Moonlight.appdata.xml
appstream.path = $$PREFIX/$$DATADIR/metainfo/
appdata.files = SDL_GameControllerDB/gamecontrollerdb.txt
appdata.files = SDL_GameControllerDB/gamecontrollerdb.txt ModeSeven.ttf
appdata.path = "$$PREFIX/$$DATADIR/Moonlight Game Streaming Project/Moonlight/"
CONFIG(debug, debug|release) {
# Copy the required data files into the application directory only for debug builds.
# Release builds will use the INSTALLS variable to place these in the correct folders.
copyToDestDir(SDL_GameControllerDB/gamecontrollerdb.txt ModeSeven.ttf)
}
INSTALLS += target appdata desktop icons appstream
}
win32 {
@@ -310,6 +336,9 @@ win32 {
QMAKE_TARGET_DESCRIPTION = Moonlight Game Streaming Client
QMAKE_TARGET_PRODUCT = Moonlight
# Copy the required data files into the application directory
copyToDestDir(SDL_GameControllerDB/gamecontrollerdb.txt ModeSeven.ttf)
CONFIG -= embed_manifest_exe
QMAKE_LFLAGS += /MANIFEST:embed /MANIFESTINPUT:$${PWD}/Moonlight.exe.manifest
}
@@ -320,7 +349,7 @@ macx {
QMAKE_INFO_PLIST = $$OUT_PWD/Info.plist
APP_BUNDLE_RESOURCES.files = moonlight.icns SDL_GameControllerDB/gamecontrollerdb.txt
APP_BUNDLE_RESOURCES.files = moonlight.icns SDL_GameControllerDB/gamecontrollerdb.txt ModeSeven.ttf
APP_BUNDLE_RESOURCES.path = Contents/Resources
APP_BUNDLE_FRAMEWORKS.files = $$files(../libs/mac/Frameworks/*.framework, true)
+33 -68
View File
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ private:
QString serverInfo;
try {
serverInfo = http.getServerInfo(NvHTTP::NvLogLevel::NONE);
serverInfo = http.getServerInfo(NvHTTP::NvLogLevel::NVLL_NONE);
} catch (...) {
return false;
}
@@ -174,38 +174,19 @@ ComputerManager::~ComputerManager()
delete m_MdnsBrowser;
m_MdnsBrowser = nullptr;
{
QMutableMapIterator<QString, QThread*> i(m_PollThreads);
// Interrupt all polling threads
while (i.hasNext()) {
i.next();
i.value()->requestInterruption();
}
// Wait for all threads to terminate before destroying
// the NvComputer objects.
i.toFront();
while (i.hasNext()) {
i.next();
QThread* thread = i.value();
thread->wait();
delete thread;
i.remove();
}
// Interrupt polling
for (ComputerPollingEntry* entry : m_PollEntries) {
entry->interrupt();
}
{
QMutableMapIterator<QString, NvComputer*> i(m_KnownHosts);
// Delete all polling entries (and associated threads)
for (ComputerPollingEntry* entry : m_PollEntries) {
delete entry;
}
// Destroy all NvComputer objects
while (i.hasNext()) {
i.next();
delete i.value();
i.remove();
}
// Destroy all NvComputer objects now that polling is halted
for (NvComputer* computer : m_KnownHosts) {
delete computer;
}
}
@@ -265,16 +246,22 @@ void ComputerManager::startPollingComputer(NvComputer* computer)
return;
}
if (m_PollThreads.contains(computer->uuid)) {
Q_ASSERT(m_PollThreads.value(computer->uuid)->isRunning());
return;
ComputerPollingEntry* pollingEntry;
if (!m_PollEntries.contains(computer->uuid)) {
pollingEntry = m_PollEntries[computer->uuid] = new ComputerPollingEntry();
}
else {
pollingEntry = m_PollEntries[computer->uuid];
}
PcMonitorThread* thread = new PcMonitorThread(computer);
connect(thread, SIGNAL(computerStateChanged(NvComputer*)),
this, SLOT(handleComputerStateChanged(NvComputer*)));
m_PollThreads[computer->uuid] = thread;
thread->start();
if (!pollingEntry->isActive()) {
PcMonitorThread* thread = new PcMonitorThread(computer);
connect(thread, SIGNAL(computerStateChanged(NvComputer*)),
this, SLOT(handleComputerStateChanged(NvComputer*)));
pollingEntry->setActiveThread(thread);
thread->start();
}
}
void ComputerManager::handleMdnsServiceResolved(MdnsPendingComputer* computer,
@@ -317,14 +304,14 @@ public:
void run()
{
QThread* pollingThread;
ComputerPollingEntry* pollingEntry;
// Only do the minimum amount of work while holding the writer lock.
// We must release it before calling saveHosts().
{
QWriteLocker lock(&m_ComputerManager->m_Lock);
pollingThread = m_ComputerManager->m_PollThreads.take(m_Computer->uuid);
pollingEntry = m_ComputerManager->m_PollEntries.take(m_Computer->uuid);
m_ComputerManager->m_KnownHosts.remove(m_Computer->uuid);
}
@@ -332,18 +319,8 @@ public:
// Persist the new host list
m_ComputerManager->saveHosts();
// Delete the polling thread
if (pollingThread != nullptr) {
pollingThread->requestInterruption();
// We must wait here because we're going to delete computer
// and we can't do that out from underneath the poller.
pollingThread->wait();
// The thread is safe to delete now
Q_ASSERT(pollingThread->isFinished());
delete pollingThread;
}
// Delete the polling entry first. This will stop all polling threads too.
delete pollingEntry;
// Finally, delete the computer itself. This must be done
// last because the polling thread might be using it.
@@ -498,20 +475,8 @@ void ComputerManager::stopPollingAsync()
m_MdnsBrowser = nullptr;
// Interrupt all threads, but don't wait for them to terminate
QMutableMapIterator<QString, QThread*> i(m_PollThreads);
while (i.hasNext()) {
i.next();
QThread* thread = i.value();
// Let this thread delete itself when it's finished
connect(thread, SIGNAL(finished()),
thread, SLOT(deleteLater()));
// The threads will delete themselves when they terminate,
// but we remove them from the polling threads map here.
i.value()->requestInterruption();
i.remove();
for (ComputerPollingEntry* entry : m_PollEntries) {
entry->interrupt();
}
}
@@ -546,12 +511,12 @@ private:
// around this issue, we will issue the request again after a few seconds if
// we see a ServiceUnavailableError error.
try {
serverInfo = http.getServerInfo(NvHTTP::NvLogLevel::VERBOSE);
serverInfo = http.getServerInfo(NvHTTP::NVLL_VERBOSE);
} catch (const QtNetworkReplyException& e) {
if (e.getError() == QNetworkReply::ServiceUnavailableError) {
qWarning() << "Retrying request in 5 seconds after ServiceUnavailableError";
QThread::sleep(5);
serverInfo = http.getServerInfo(NvHTTP::NvLogLevel::VERBOSE);
serverInfo = http.getServerInfo(NvHTTP::NVLL_VERBOSE);
qInfo() << "Retry successful";
}
else {
+74 -1
View File
@@ -51,6 +51,79 @@ private:
QMdnsEngine::Resolver m_Resolver;
};
class ComputerPollingEntry
{
public:
ComputerPollingEntry()
: m_ActiveThread(nullptr)
{
}
virtual ~ComputerPollingEntry()
{
interrupt();
// interrupt() should have taken care of this
Q_ASSERT(m_ActiveThread == nullptr);
for (QThread* thread : m_InactiveList) {
thread->wait();
delete thread;
}
}
bool isActive()
{
cleanInactiveList();
return m_ActiveThread != nullptr;
}
void setActiveThread(QThread* thread)
{
cleanInactiveList();
Q_ASSERT(!isActive());
m_ActiveThread = thread;
}
void interrupt()
{
cleanInactiveList();
if (m_ActiveThread != nullptr) {
// Interrupt the active thread
m_ActiveThread->requestInterruption();
// Place it on the inactive list awaiting death
m_InactiveList.append(m_ActiveThread);
m_ActiveThread = nullptr;
}
}
private:
void cleanInactiveList()
{
QMutableListIterator<QThread*> i(m_InactiveList);
// Reap any threads that have finished
while (i.hasNext()) {
i.next();
QThread* thread = i.value();
if (thread->isFinished()) {
delete thread;
i.remove();
}
}
}
QThread* m_ActiveThread;
QList<QThread*> m_InactiveList;
};
class ComputerManager : public QObject
{
Q_OBJECT
@@ -100,7 +173,7 @@ private:
int m_PollingRef;
QReadWriteLock m_Lock;
QMap<QString, NvComputer*> m_KnownHosts;
QMap<QString, QThread*> m_PollThreads;
QMap<QString, ComputerPollingEntry*> m_PollEntries;
QMdnsEngine::Server m_MdnsServer;
QMdnsEngine::Browser* m_MdnsBrowser;
QMdnsEngine::Cache m_MdnsCache;
+10 -7
View File
@@ -172,7 +172,10 @@ NvHTTP::launchApp(int appId,
"appid="+QString::number(appId)+
"&mode="+QString::number(streamConfig->width)+"x"+
QString::number(streamConfig->height)+"x"+
QString::number(streamConfig->fps)+
// Using an FPS value over 60 causes SOPS to default to 720p60,
// so force it to 60 when starting. This won't impact our ability
// to get > 60 FPS while actually streaming though.
QString::number(streamConfig->fps > 60 ? 60 : streamConfig->fps)+
"&additionalStates=1&sops="+QString::number(sops ? 1 : 0)+
"&rikey="+QByteArray(streamConfig->remoteInputAesKey, sizeof(streamConfig->remoteInputAesKey)).toHex()+
"&rikeyid="+QString::number(riKeyId)+
@@ -223,7 +226,7 @@ NvHTTP::quitApp()
// Newer GFE versions will just return success even if quitting fails
// if we're not the original requestor.
if (getCurrentGame(getServerInfo(NvHTTP::ERROR)) != 0) {
if (getCurrentGame(getServerInfo(NvHTTP::NVLL_ERROR)) != 0) {
// Generate a synthetic GfeResponseException letting the caller know
// that they can't kill someone else's stream.
throw GfeHttpResponseException(599, "");
@@ -264,7 +267,7 @@ NvHTTP::getAppList()
"applist",
nullptr,
REQUEST_TIMEOUT_MS,
NvLogLevel::ERROR);
NvLogLevel::NVLL_ERROR);
verifyResponseStatus(appxml);
QXmlStreamReader xmlReader(appxml);
@@ -332,7 +335,7 @@ NvHTTP::getBoxArt(int appId)
"appid="+QString::number(appId)+
"&AssetType=2&AssetIdx=0",
REQUEST_TIMEOUT_MS,
NvLogLevel::VERBOSE);
NvLogLevel::NVLL_VERBOSE);
QImage image = QImageReader(reply).read();
delete reply;
@@ -440,7 +443,7 @@ NvHTTP::openConnection(QUrl baseUrl,
if (timeoutMs) {
QTimer::singleShot(timeoutMs, &loop, SLOT(quit()));
}
if (logLevel >= NvLogLevel::VERBOSE) {
if (logLevel >= NvLogLevel::NVLL_VERBOSE) {
qInfo() << "Executing request:" << url.toString();
}
loop.exec(QEventLoop::ExcludeUserInputEvents);
@@ -448,7 +451,7 @@ NvHTTP::openConnection(QUrl baseUrl,
// Abort the request if it timed out
if (!reply->isFinished())
{
if (logLevel >= NvLogLevel::ERROR) {
if (logLevel >= NvLogLevel::NVLL_ERROR) {
qWarning() << "Aborting timed out request for" << url.toString();
}
reply->abort();
@@ -461,7 +464,7 @@ NvHTTP::openConnection(QUrl baseUrl,
// Handle error
if (reply->error() != QNetworkReply::NoError)
{
if (logLevel >= NvLogLevel::ERROR) {
if (logLevel >= NvLogLevel::NVLL_ERROR) {
qWarning() << command << " request failed with error " << reply->error();
}
+4 -4
View File
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ class NvHTTP
{
public:
enum NvLogLevel {
NONE,
ERROR,
VERBOSE
NVLL_NONE,
NVLL_ERROR,
NVLL_VERBOSE
};
explicit NvHTTP(QString address, QSslCertificate serverCert);
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ public:
QString command,
QString arguments,
int timeoutMs,
NvLogLevel logLevel = NvLogLevel::VERBOSE);
NvLogLevel logLevel = NvLogLevel::NVLL_VERBOSE);
void setServerCert(QSslCertificate serverCert);
@@ -33,7 +33,32 @@
</screenshots>
<releases>
<release version="0.8.1" date="2018-01-08">
<release version="0.9.0" date="2019-02-17">
<description>
<p>New features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Added gamepad rumble support</li>
<li>Added a dedicated quit button to the running app tile</li>
<li>Reduced video latency on Windows and Linux</li>
<li>Added a performance overlay for software decoding</li>
</ul>
<p>Bugfixes:</p>
<ul>
<li>Fixed delayed first video frame with GFE 3.17</li>
<li>Fixed erroneously setting host resolution to 720p in certain configurations</li>
<li>The connection termination dialog is no longer displayed for intentional termination</li>
<li>Fixed some gamepads only functioning for UI navigation and not in game</li>
<li>Fixed audio latency increasing when switching audio devices</li>
<li>Fixed VDPAU scaling behavior on AMD cards</li>
<li>Fixed several bugs in gamepad navigation behavior</li>
<li>Work around a bug in QGnomePlatform that breaks dialog rendering on Linux</li>
<li>Updated included SDL gamepad mappings</li>
<li>Fixed hotkey behavior on non-latin keyboards</li>
<li>Fixed incorrect frame drop percentages in debug stats</li>
</ul>
</description>
</release>
<release version="0.8.1" date="2019-01-08">
<description>
<p>New features:</p>
<ul>
+72 -32
View File
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ GridView {
Image {
id: appIcon
anchors.horizontalCenter: parent.horizontalCenter;
anchors.horizontalCenter: parent.horizontalCenter
y: 20
source: model.boxart
sourceSize {
@@ -78,15 +78,58 @@ GridView {
fillMode: Image.Pad
}
Image {
id: runningIcon
ToolButton {
id: resumeButton
anchors.verticalCenterOffset: -50
anchors.centerIn: appIcon
visible: model.running
source: "qrc:/res/baseline-play_circle_filled_white-48px.svg"
sourceSize {
width: 75
height: 75
implicitWidth: 125
implicitHeight: 125
Image {
source: "qrc:/res/baseline-play_circle_filled_white-48px.svg"
anchors.centerIn: parent
sourceSize {
width: 75
height: 75
}
}
onClicked: {
launchOrResumeSelectedApp()
}
ToolTip.text: "Resume Game"
ToolTip.delay: 1000
ToolTip.timeout: 3000
ToolTip.visible: hovered
}
ToolButton {
id: quitButton
anchors.verticalCenterOffset: 50
anchors.centerIn: appIcon
visible: model.running
implicitWidth: 125
implicitHeight: 125
Image {
source: "qrc:/res/baseline-cancel-24px.svg"
anchors.centerIn: parent
sourceSize {
width: 75
height: 75
}
}
onClicked: {
doQuitGame()
}
ToolTip.text: "Quit Game"
ToolTip.delay: 1000
ToolTip.timeout: 3000
ToolTip.visible: hovered
}
Label {
@@ -125,34 +168,34 @@ GridView {
}
onClicked: {
// Nothing is running or this app is running
launchOrResumeSelectedApp()
}
MouseArea {
anchors.fill: parent
acceptedButtons: Qt.RightButton
onClicked: {
// popup() ensures the menu appears under the mouse cursor
if (appContextMenu.popup) {
appContextMenu.popup()
}
else {
// Qt 5.9 doesn't have popup()
appContextMenu.open()
}
if (model.running) {
// This will primarily be keyboard/gamepad driven so use
// open() instead of popup()
appContextMenu.open()
}
else {
launchOrResumeSelectedApp()
}
}
Keys.onMenuPressed: {
// We must use open() here so the menu is positioned on
// the ItemDelegate and not where the mouse cursor is
appContextMenu.open()
if (model.running) {
// This will primarily be keyboard/gamepad driven so use
// open() instead of popup()
appContextMenu.open()
}
}
Menu {
function doQuitGame() {
quitAppDialog.appName = appModel.getRunningAppName()
quitAppDialog.segueToStream = false
quitAppDialog.open()
}
NavigableMenu {
id: appContextMenu
NavigableMenuItem {
parentMenu: appContextMenu
text: model.running ? "Resume Game" : "Launch Game"
onTriggered: {
appContextMenu.close()
@@ -160,12 +203,9 @@ GridView {
}
}
NavigableMenuItem {
parentMenu: appContextMenu
text: "Quit Game"
onTriggered: {
quitAppDialog.appName = appModel.getRunningAppName()
quitAppDialog.segueToStream = false
quitAppDialog.open()
}
onTriggered: doQuitGame()
visible: model.running
}
}
+8
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
import QtQuick 2.0
import QtQuick.Controls 2.2
Menu {
onOpened: {
itemAt(0).forceActiveFocus(Qt.TabFocusReason)
}
}
+9
View File
@@ -2,11 +2,20 @@ import QtQuick 2.0
import QtQuick.Controls 2.2
MenuItem {
// Qt 5.10 has a menu property, but we need to support 5.9
// so we must make our own.
property Menu parentMenu
// Ensure focus can't be given to an invisible item
enabled: visible
height: visible ? implicitHeight : 0
focusPolicy: visible ? Qt.TabFocus : Qt.NoFocus
Keys.onReturnPressed: {
triggered()
}
Keys.onEscapePressed: {
parentMenu.close()
}
}
+22 -16
View File
@@ -135,14 +135,10 @@ GridView {
wrapMode: Text.Wrap
}
Menu {
NavigableMenu {
id: pcContextMenu
NavigableMenuItem {
text: "Wake PC"
onTriggered: computerModel.wakeComputer(index)
visible: !model.addPc && !model.online && model.wakeable
}
NavigableMenuItem {
parentMenu: pcContextMenu
text: "Delete PC"
onTriggered: {
deletePcDialog.pcIndex = index
@@ -150,6 +146,12 @@ GridView {
deletePcDialog.open()
}
}
NavigableMenuItem {
parentMenu: pcContextMenu
text: "Wake PC"
onTriggered: computerModel.wakeComputer(index)
visible: !model.addPc && !model.online && model.wakeable
}
}
onClicked: {
@@ -186,20 +188,24 @@ GridView {
}
}
onPressAndHold: {
if (!model.addPc) {
// popup() ensures the menu appears under the mouse cursor
if (pcContextMenu.popup) {
pcContextMenu.popup()
}
else {
// Qt 5.9 doesn't have popup()
pcContextMenu.open()
}
}
}
MouseArea {
anchors.fill: parent
acceptedButtons: Qt.RightButton;
onClicked: {
if (!model.addPc) {
// popup() ensures the menu appears under the mouse cursor
if (pcContextMenu.popup) {
pcContextMenu.popup()
}
else {
// Qt 5.9 doesn't have popup()
pcContextMenu.open()
}
}
parent.onPressAndHold()
}
}
+11 -4
View File
@@ -27,19 +27,26 @@ Item {
errorDialog.open()
}
// Exit this view
stackView.pop()
// If we're supposed to launch another game after this, do so now
if (error === undefined && nextSession !== null) {
var component = Qt.createComponent("StreamSegue.qml")
var segue = component.createObject(stackView, {"appName": nextAppName, "session": nextSession})
stackView.push(segue)
stackView.replace(segue)
}
else {
// Show the toolbar again
toolBar.visible = true
// Exit this view
stackView.pop()
}
}
onVisibleChanged: {
if (visible) {
// Hide the toolbar before we start loading
toolBar.visible = false
// Connect the quit completion signal
ComputerManager.quitAppCompleted.connect(quitAppCompleted)
}
-5
View File
@@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ import QtQuick.Dialogs 1.2
import QtQuick.Layouts 1.3
import QtQuick.Window 2.2
import QtQuick.Controls.Material 2.1
import ComputerManager 1.0
import AutoUpdateChecker 1.0
import StreamingPreferences 1.0
@@ -20,9 +18,6 @@ ApplicationWindow {
visibility: prefs.startWindowed ? "Windowed" : "Maximized"
Material.theme: Material.Dark
Material.accent: Material.Purple
StreamingPreferences {
id: prefs
}
+5
View File
@@ -254,6 +254,11 @@ int SdlGamepadKeyNavigation::getConnectedGamepads()
return 0;
}
// Applying mappings is necessary to ensure gamepad without
// a built-in mapping are properly counted.
MappingManager mappingManager;
mappingManager.applyMappings();
int count = 0;
for (int i = 0; i < SDL_NumJoysticks(); i++) {
if (SDL_IsGameController(i)) {
+24 -2
View File
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
// This avoids using the default keychain for SSL, which may cause
// password prompts on macOS.
qputenv("QT_SSL_USE_TEMPORARY_KEYCHAIN", QByteArray("1"));
qputenv("QT_SSL_USE_TEMPORARY_KEYCHAIN", "1");
#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
if (!qEnvironmentVariableIsSet("QT_OPENGL")) {
@@ -311,6 +311,10 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
// Register custom metatypes for use in signals
qRegisterMetaType<NvApp>("NvApp");
// Disable desktop settings awareness due to issues with QGnomePlatform
// breaking our dialog rendering on Linux.
QGuiApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware(false);
QGuiApplication app(argc, argv);
app.setWindowIcon(QIcon(":/res/moonlight.svg"));
@@ -332,7 +336,25 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
return new AutoUpdateChecker();
});
QQuickStyle::setStyle("Material");
// Use the dense material dark theme by default
if (!qEnvironmentVariableIsSet("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_STYLE")) {
qputenv("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_STYLE", "Material");
}
if (!qEnvironmentVariableIsSet("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_MATERIAL_THEME")) {
qputenv("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_MATERIAL_THEME", "Dark");
}
if (!qEnvironmentVariableIsSet("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_MATERIAL_ACCENT")) {
qputenv("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_MATERIAL_ACCENT", "Purple");
}
if (!qEnvironmentVariableIsSet("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_MATERIAL_VARIANT")) {
qputenv("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_MATERIAL_VARIANT", "Dense");
}
if (!qEnvironmentVariableIsSet("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_UNIVERSAL_THEME")) {
qputenv("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_UNIVERSAL_THEME", "Dark");
}
if (!qEnvironmentVariableIsSet("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_1_STYLE")) {
qputenv("QT_QUICK_CONTROLS_1_STYLE", "Base");
}
QQmlApplicationEngine engine;
QString initialView;
+6 -7
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@
QString Path::s_LogDir;
QString Path::s_BoxArtCacheDir;
const QString Path::k_GameControllerMappingFile("gamecontrollerdb.txt");
QString Path::getLogDir()
{
@@ -22,24 +21,24 @@ QString Path::getBoxArtCacheDir()
return s_BoxArtCacheDir;
}
QString Path::getGamepadMappingFile()
QString Path::getDataFilePath(QString fileName)
{
QString candidatePath;
// Check the current directory first
candidatePath = QDir(QDir::currentPath()).absoluteFilePath(k_GameControllerMappingFile);
candidatePath = QDir(QDir::currentPath()).absoluteFilePath(fileName);
if (QFile::exists(candidatePath)) {
return candidatePath;
}
// Now check the data directories (for Linux, in particular)
candidatePath = QStandardPaths::locate(QStandardPaths::DataLocation, k_GameControllerMappingFile);
candidatePath = QStandardPaths::locate(QStandardPaths::DataLocation, fileName);
if (!candidatePath.isEmpty() && QFile::exists(candidatePath)) {
return candidatePath;
}
// Now try the directory of our app installation (for Windows, if current dir doesn't find it)
candidatePath = QDir(QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath()).absoluteFilePath(k_GameControllerMappingFile);
candidatePath = QDir(QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath()).absoluteFilePath(fileName);
if (QFile::exists(candidatePath)) {
return candidatePath;
}
@@ -48,8 +47,8 @@ QString Path::getGamepadMappingFile()
QDir dir = QDir(QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath());
dir.cdUp();
dir.cd("Resources");
dir.filePath(k_GameControllerMappingFile);
candidatePath = dir.absoluteFilePath(k_GameControllerMappingFile);
dir.filePath(fileName);
candidatePath = dir.absoluteFilePath(fileName);
if (QFile::exists(candidatePath)) {
return candidatePath;
}
+1 -2
View File
@@ -9,12 +9,11 @@ public:
static QString getBoxArtCacheDir();
static QString getGamepadMappingFile();
static QString getDataFilePath(QString fileName);
static void initialize(bool portable);
private:
static QString s_LogDir;
static QString s_BoxArtCacheDir;
static const QString k_GameControllerMappingFile;
};
+1
View File
@@ -13,5 +13,6 @@
<file>gui/CliQuitStreamSegue.qml</file>
<file>gui/CliStartStreamSegue.qml</file>
<file>gui/AutoResizingComboBox.qml</file>
<file>gui/NavigableMenu.qml</file>
</qresource>
</RCC>
+1
View File
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
<svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="24" height="24" viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="#fff"><path d="M12 2C6.47 2 2 6.47 2 12s4.47 10 10 10 10-4.47 10-10S17.53 2 12 2zm5 13.59L15.59 17 12 13.41 8.41 17 7 15.59 10.59 12 7 8.41 8.41 7 12 10.59 15.59 7 17 8.41 13.41 12 17 15.59z"/><path d="M0 0h24v24H0z" fill="none"/></svg>

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 325 B

+1
View File
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
<file>res/baseline-lock-24px.svg</file>
<file>res/baseline-play_circle_filled_white-48px.svg</file>
<file>res/baseline-warning-24px.svg</file>
<file>res/baseline-cancel-24px.svg</file>
<file>res/no_app_image.png</file>
<file>res/settings.svg</file>
<file>res/arrow_left.svg</file>
+1 -1
View File
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ void MappingManager::save()
void MappingManager::applyMappings()
{
QString mappingFile = Path::getGamepadMappingFile();
QString mappingFile = Path::getDataFilePath("gamecontrollerdb.txt");
if (!mappingFile.isEmpty()) {
std::string mappingFileNative = QDir::toNativeSeparators(mappingFile).toStdString();
+27
View File
@@ -115,6 +115,21 @@ void Session::arDecodeAndPlaySample(char* sampleData, int sampleLength)
}
}
// See if we need to drop this sample
if (s_ActiveSession->m_DropAudioEndTime != 0) {
if (SDL_TICKS_PASSED(SDL_GetTicks(), s_ActiveSession->m_DropAudioEndTime)) {
// Avoid calling SDL_GetTicks() now
s_ActiveSession->m_DropAudioEndTime = 0;
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Audio drop window has ended");
}
else {
// We're still in the drop window
return;
}
}
s_ActiveSession->m_AudioSampleCount++;
if (s_ActiveSession->m_AudioRenderer != nullptr) {
@@ -145,10 +160,22 @@ void Session::arDecodeAndPlaySample(char* sampleData, int sampleLength)
// safe to reinitialize here because we can't be torn down while
// the audio decoder/playback thread is still alive.
if (s_ActiveSession->m_AudioRenderer == nullptr && (s_ActiveSession->m_AudioSampleCount % 200) == 0) {
// Since we're doing this inline and audio initialization takes time, we need
// to drop samples to account for the time we've spent blocking audio rendering
// so we return to real-time playback and don't accumulate latency.
Uint32 audioReinitStartTime = SDL_GetTicks();
s_ActiveSession->m_AudioRenderer = s_ActiveSession->createAudioRenderer();
if (!s_ActiveSession->m_AudioRenderer->prepareForPlayback(&s_ActiveSession->m_AudioConfig)) {
delete s_ActiveSession->m_AudioRenderer;
s_ActiveSession->m_AudioRenderer = nullptr;
}
Uint32 audioReinitStopTime = SDL_GetTicks();
s_ActiveSession->m_DropAudioEndTime = audioReinitStopTime + (audioReinitStopTime - audioReinitStartTime);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Audio reinitialization took %d ms - starting drop window",
audioReinitStopTime - audioReinitStartTime);
}
}
+101 -16
View File
@@ -57,6 +57,21 @@ SdlInputHandler::SdlInputHandler(StreamingPreferences& prefs, NvComputer*, int s
SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_RELATIVE_MODE_WARP,
prefs.mouseAcceleration ? "1" : "0");
// We must initialize joystick explicitly before gamecontroller in order
// to ensure we receive gamecontroller attach events for gamepads where
// SDL doesn't have a built-in mapping. By starting joystick first, we
// can allow mapping manager to update the mappings before GC attach
// events are generated.
SDL_assert(!SDL_WasInit(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK));
if (SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK) != 0) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK) failed: %s",
SDL_GetError());
}
MappingManager mappingManager;
mappingManager.applyMappings();
// We need to reinit this each time, since you only get
// an initial set of gamepad arrival events once per init.
SDL_assert(!SDL_WasInit(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER));
@@ -66,8 +81,12 @@ SdlInputHandler::SdlInputHandler(StreamingPreferences& prefs, NvComputer*, int s
SDL_GetError());
}
MappingManager mappingManager;
mappingManager.applyMappings();
SDL_assert(!SDL_WasInit(SDL_INIT_HAPTIC));
if (SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_HAPTIC) != 0) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_HAPTIC) failed: %s",
SDL_GetError());
}
// Initialize the gamepad mask with currently attached gamepads to avoid
// causing gamepads to unexpectedly disappear and reappear on the host
@@ -87,6 +106,9 @@ SdlInputHandler::SdlInputHandler(StreamingPreferences& prefs, NvComputer*, int s
SdlInputHandler::~SdlInputHandler()
{
for (int i = 0; i < MAX_GAMEPADS; i++) {
if (m_GamepadState[i].haptic != nullptr) {
SDL_HapticClose(m_GamepadState[i].haptic);
}
if (m_GamepadState[i].controller != nullptr) {
SDL_GameControllerClose(m_GamepadState[i].controller);
}
@@ -97,8 +119,14 @@ SdlInputHandler::~SdlInputHandler()
SDL_RemoveTimer(m_RightButtonReleaseTimer);
SDL_RemoveTimer(m_DragTimer);
SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_HAPTIC);
SDL_assert(!SDL_WasInit(SDL_INIT_HAPTIC));
SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER);
SDL_assert(!SDL_WasInit(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER));
SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK);
SDL_assert(!SDL_WasInit(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK));
}
void SdlInputHandler::handleKeyEvent(SDL_KeyboardEvent* event)
@@ -112,7 +140,7 @@ void SdlInputHandler::handleKeyEvent(SDL_KeyboardEvent* event)
(event->keysym.mod & KMOD_ALT) &&
(event->keysym.mod & KMOD_SHIFT)) {
// Check for quit combo (Ctrl+Alt+Shift+Q)
if (event->keysym.sym == SDLK_q) {
if (event->keysym.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_Q) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Detected quit key combo");
@@ -124,7 +152,7 @@ void SdlInputHandler::handleKeyEvent(SDL_KeyboardEvent* event)
return;
}
// Check for the unbind combo (Ctrl+Alt+Shift+Z)
else if (event->keysym.sym == SDLK_z) {
else if (event->keysym.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_Z) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Detected mouse capture toggle combo");
@@ -137,11 +165,24 @@ void SdlInputHandler::handleKeyEvent(SDL_KeyboardEvent* event)
return;
}
// Check for the full-screen combo (Ctrl+Alt+Shift+X)
else if (event->keysym.sym == SDLK_x) {
else if (event->keysym.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_X) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Detected full-screen toggle combo");
Session::s_ActiveSession->toggleFullscreen();
// Force raise all keys just be safe across this full-screen/windowed
// transition just in case key events get lost.
raiseAllKeys();
return;
}
else if (event->keysym.scancode == SDL_SCANCODE_S) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Detected stats toggle combo");
// Toggle the stats overlay
Session::get()->getOverlayManager().setOverlayState(Overlay::OverlayDebug,
!Session::get()->getOverlayManager().isOverlayEnabled(Overlay::OverlayDebug));
// Force raise all keys just be safe across this full-screen/windowed
// transition just in case key events get lost.
raiseAllKeys();
@@ -641,17 +682,12 @@ void SdlInputHandler::handleControllerDeviceEvent(SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent* eve
return;
}
#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2, 0, 9)
// Determine this player's preferred index
i = SDL_GameControllerGetPlayerIndex(controller);
if (i < 0 || i >= MAX_GAMEPADS || m_GamepadState[i].controller != NULL) {
// If the player index is unavailable or invalid, start searching from 0
i = 0;
}
#else
// SDL 2.0.8 and earlier has no player number hints
// We used to use SDL_GameControllerGetPlayerIndex() here but that
// can lead to strange issues due to bugs in Windows where an Xbox
// controller will join as player 2, even though no player 1 controller
// is connected at all. This pretty much screws any attempt to use
// the gamepad in single player games, so just assign them in order from 0.
i = 0;
#endif
for (; i < MAX_GAMEPADS; i++) {
if (m_GamepadState[i].controller == NULL) {
@@ -678,6 +714,12 @@ void SdlInputHandler::handleControllerDeviceEvent(SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent* eve
state->controller = controller;
state->jsId = SDL_JoystickInstanceID(SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(state->controller));
state->haptic = SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick(SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(state->controller));
state->hapticEffectId = -1;
if (state->haptic != nullptr && (SDL_HapticQuery(state->haptic) & SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT) == 0) {
SDL_HapticClose(state->haptic);
state->haptic = nullptr;
}
SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(SDL_JoystickGetGUID(SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(state->controller)),
guidStr, sizeof(guidStr));
@@ -712,6 +754,9 @@ void SdlInputHandler::handleControllerDeviceEvent(SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent* eve
state = findStateForGamepad(event->which);
if (state != NULL) {
SDL_GameControllerClose(state->controller);
if (state->haptic != nullptr) {
SDL_HapticClose(state->haptic);
}
// Remove this from the gamepad mask in MC-mode
if (m_MultiController) {
@@ -765,6 +810,47 @@ void SdlInputHandler::handleJoystickArrivalEvent(SDL_JoyDeviceEvent* event)
}
}
void SdlInputHandler::rumble(unsigned short controllerNumber, unsigned short lowFreqMotor, unsigned short highFreqMotor)
{
// Make sure the controller number is within our supported count
if (controllerNumber >= MAX_GAMEPADS) {
return;
}
// Check if the controller supports haptics (and if the controller exists at all)
SDL_Haptic* haptic = m_GamepadState[controllerNumber].haptic;
if (haptic == nullptr) {
return;
}
// Stop the last effect we played
if (m_GamepadState[controllerNumber].hapticEffectId >= 0) {
SDL_HapticDestroyEffect(haptic, m_GamepadState[controllerNumber].hapticEffectId);
}
// If this callback is telling us to stop both motors, don't bother queuing a new effect
if (lowFreqMotor == 0 && highFreqMotor == 0) {
return;
}
SDL_HapticEffect effect;
SDL_memset(&effect, 0, sizeof(effect));
effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT;
// The effect should last until we are instructed to stop or change it
effect.leftright.length = SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY;
// SDL haptics range from 0-32767 but XInput uses 0-65535, so divide by 2 to correct for SDL's scaling
effect.leftright.large_magnitude = lowFreqMotor / 2;
effect.leftright.small_magnitude = highFreqMotor / 2;
// Play the new effect
m_GamepadState[controllerNumber].hapticEffectId = SDL_HapticNewEffect(haptic, &effect);
if (m_GamepadState[controllerNumber].hapticEffectId >= 0) {
SDL_HapticRunEffect(haptic, m_GamepadState[controllerNumber].hapticEffectId, 1);
}
}
void SdlInputHandler::handleTouchFingerEvent(SDL_TouchFingerEvent* event)
{
int fingerIndex = -1;
@@ -910,7 +996,6 @@ int SdlInputHandler::getAttachedGamepadMask()
return 0x1;
}
// TODO: Use SDL_GameControllerGetPlayerIndex() for accurate indexes?
count = mask = 0;
for (int i = 0; i < SDL_NumJoysticks(); i++) {
if (SDL_IsGameController(i)) {
+4
View File
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@
struct GamepadState {
SDL_GameController* controller;
SDL_JoystickID jsId;
SDL_Haptic* haptic;
int hapticEffectId;
short index;
short buttons;
@@ -43,6 +45,8 @@ public:
void handleJoystickArrivalEvent(SDL_JoyDeviceEvent* event);
void rumble(unsigned short controllerNumber, unsigned short lowFreqMotor, unsigned short highFreqMotor);
void handleTouchFingerEvent(SDL_TouchFingerEvent* event);
int getAttachedGamepadMask();
+80 -25
View File
@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ CONNECTION_LISTENER_CALLBACKS Session::k_ConnCallbacks = {
Session::clConnectionTerminated,
nullptr,
nullptr,
Session::clLogMessage
Session::clLogMessage,
Session::clRumble
};
AUDIO_RENDERER_CALLBACKS Session::k_AudioCallbacks = {
@@ -73,8 +74,11 @@ void Session::clStageFailed(int stage, long errorCode)
void Session::clConnectionTerminated(long errorCode)
{
s_ActiveSession->m_UnexpectedTermination = true;
emit s_ActiveSession->displayLaunchError("Connection terminated");
// Display the termination dialog if this was not intended
if (errorCode != 0) {
s_ActiveSession->m_UnexpectedTermination = true;
emit s_ActiveSession->displayLaunchError("Connection terminated");
}
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Connection terminated: %ld",
@@ -99,18 +103,29 @@ void Session::clLogMessage(const char* format, ...)
va_end(ap);
}
void Session::clRumble(unsigned short controllerNumber, unsigned short lowFreqMotor, unsigned short highFreqMotor)
{
// The input handler can be closed during the stream if LiStopConnection() hasn't completed yet
// but the stream has been stopped by the user. In this case, just discard the rumble.
SDL_AtomicLock(&s_ActiveSession->m_InputHandlerLock);
if (s_ActiveSession->m_InputHandler != nullptr) {
s_ActiveSession->m_InputHandler->rumble(controllerNumber, lowFreqMotor, highFreqMotor);
}
SDL_AtomicUnlock(&s_ActiveSession->m_InputHandlerLock);
}
#define CALL_INITIALIZE(dec) (dec)->initialize(vds, window, videoFormat, width, height, frameRate, enableVsync, enableFramePacing)
bool Session::chooseDecoder(StreamingPreferences::VideoDecoderSelection vds,
SDL_Window* window, int videoFormat, int width, int height,
int frameRate, bool enableVsync, bool enableFramePacing, IVideoDecoder*& chosenDecoder)
int frameRate, bool enableVsync, bool enableFramePacing, bool testOnly, IVideoDecoder*& chosenDecoder)
{
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"V-sync %s",
enableVsync ? "enabled" : "disabled");
#ifdef HAVE_SLVIDEO
chosenDecoder = new SLVideoDecoder();
chosenDecoder = new SLVideoDecoder(testOnly);
if (CALL_INITIALIZE(chosenDecoder)) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"SLVideo video decoder chosen");
@@ -125,7 +140,7 @@ bool Session::chooseDecoder(StreamingPreferences::VideoDecoderSelection vds,
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_FFMPEG
chosenDecoder = new FFmpegVideoDecoder();
chosenDecoder = new FFmpegVideoDecoder(testOnly);
if (CALL_INITIALIZE(chosenDecoder)) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"FFmpeg-based video decoder chosen");
@@ -221,7 +236,7 @@ bool Session::isHardwareDecodeAvailable(StreamingPreferences::VideoDecoderSelect
return false;
}
if (!chooseDecoder(vds, window, videoFormat, width, height, frameRate, true, false, decoder)) {
if (!chooseDecoder(vds, window, videoFormat, width, height, frameRate, true, false, true, decoder)) {
SDL_DestroyWindow(window);
SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO);
return false;
@@ -261,7 +276,7 @@ int Session::getDecoderCapabilities(StreamingPreferences::VideoDecoderSelection
return false;
}
if (!chooseDecoder(vds, window, videoFormat, width, height, frameRate, true, false, decoder)) {
if (!chooseDecoder(vds, window, videoFormat, width, height, frameRate, true, false, true, decoder)) {
SDL_DestroyWindow(window);
SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO);
return false;
@@ -293,12 +308,17 @@ Session::Session(NvComputer* computer, NvApp& app, StreamingPreferences *prefere
m_DisplayOriginY(0),
m_PendingWindowedTransition(false),
m_UnexpectedTermination(true), // Failure prior to streaming is unexpected
m_InputHandler(nullptr),
m_InputHandlerLock(0),
m_OpusDecoder(nullptr),
m_AudioRenderer(nullptr),
m_AudioSampleCount(0)
m_AudioSampleCount(0),
m_DropAudioEndTime(0)
{
}
// NB: This may not get destroyed for a long time! Don't put any vital cleanup here.
// Use Session::exec() or DeferredSessionCleanupTask instead.
Session::~Session()
{
// Acquire session semaphore to ensure all cleanup is done before the destructor returns
@@ -806,15 +826,30 @@ void Session::exec(int displayOriginX, int displayOriginY)
// Initialize the gamepad code with our preferences
StreamingPreferences prefs;
SdlInputHandler inputHandler(prefs, m_Computer,
m_StreamConfig.width,
m_StreamConfig.height);
m_InputHandler = new SdlInputHandler(prefs, m_Computer,
m_StreamConfig.width,
m_StreamConfig.height);
// The UI should have ensured the old game was already quit
// if we decide to stream a different game.
Q_ASSERT(m_Computer->currentGameId == 0 ||
m_Computer->currentGameId == m_App.id);
// SOPS will set all settings to 720p60 if it doesn't recognize
// the chosen resolution. Avoid that by disabling SOPS when it
// is not streaming a supported resolution.
bool enableGameOptimizations = false;
for (const NvDisplayMode &mode : m_Computer->displayModes) {
if (mode.width == m_StreamConfig.width &&
mode.height == m_StreamConfig.height) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Found host supported resolution: %dx%d",
mode.width, mode.height);
enableGameOptimizations = prefs.gameOptimizations;
break;
}
}
try {
NvHTTP http(m_Computer->activeAddress, m_Computer->serverCert);
if (m_Computer->currentGameId != 0) {
@@ -822,15 +857,19 @@ void Session::exec(int displayOriginX, int displayOriginY)
}
else {
http.launchApp(m_App.id, &m_StreamConfig,
prefs.gameOptimizations,
enableGameOptimizations,
prefs.playAudioOnHost,
inputHandler.getAttachedGamepadMask());
m_InputHandler->getAttachedGamepadMask());
}
} catch (const GfeHttpResponseException& e) {
delete m_InputHandler;
m_InputHandler = nullptr;
emit displayLaunchError(e.toQString());
QThreadPool::globalInstance()->start(new DeferredSessionCleanupTask(this));
return;
} catch (const QtNetworkReplyException& e) {
delete m_InputHandler;
m_InputHandler = nullptr;
emit displayLaunchError(e.toQString());
QThreadPool::globalInstance()->start(new DeferredSessionCleanupTask(this));
return;
@@ -841,6 +880,8 @@ void Session::exec(int displayOriginX, int displayOriginY)
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO) failed: %s",
SDL_GetError());
delete m_InputHandler;
m_InputHandler = nullptr;
emit displayLaunchError(QString::fromLocal8Bit(SDL_GetError()));
QThreadPool::globalInstance()->start(new DeferredSessionCleanupTask(this));
return;
@@ -869,6 +910,8 @@ void Session::exec(int displayOriginX, int displayOriginY)
if (err != 0) {
// We already displayed an error dialog in the stage failure
// listener.
delete m_InputHandler;
m_InputHandler = nullptr;
SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO);
QThreadPool::globalInstance()->start(new DeferredSessionCleanupTask(this));
return;
@@ -891,6 +934,8 @@ void Session::exec(int displayOriginX, int displayOriginY)
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"SDL_CreateWindow() failed: %s",
SDL_GetError());
delete m_InputHandler;
m_InputHandler = nullptr;
SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO);
QThreadPool::globalInstance()->start(new DeferredSessionCleanupTask(this));
return;
@@ -1052,7 +1097,7 @@ void Session::exec(int displayOriginX, int displayOriginY)
// Raise all keys that are currently pressed. If we don't do this, certain keys
// used in shortcuts that cause focus loss (such as Alt+Tab) may get stuck down.
inputHandler.raiseAllKeys();
m_InputHandler->raiseAllKeys();
}
// We want to recreate the decoder for resizes (full-screen toggles) and the initial shown event.
@@ -1125,6 +1170,7 @@ void Session::exec(int displayOriginX, int displayOriginY)
m_ActiveVideoHeight, m_ActiveVideoFrameRate,
enableVsync,
enableVsync && m_Preferences->framePacing,
false,
s_ActiveSession->m_VideoDecoder)) {
SDL_AtomicUnlock(&m_DecoderLock);
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
@@ -1142,31 +1188,31 @@ void Session::exec(int displayOriginX, int displayOriginY)
case SDL_KEYUP:
case SDL_KEYDOWN:
inputHandler.handleKeyEvent(&event.key);
m_InputHandler->handleKeyEvent(&event.key);
break;
case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:
case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:
inputHandler.handleMouseButtonEvent(&event.button);
m_InputHandler->handleMouseButtonEvent(&event.button);
break;
case SDL_MOUSEMOTION:
inputHandler.handleMouseMotionEvent(&event.motion);
m_InputHandler->handleMouseMotionEvent(&event.motion);
break;
case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL:
inputHandler.handleMouseWheelEvent(&event.wheel);
m_InputHandler->handleMouseWheelEvent(&event.wheel);
break;
case SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION:
inputHandler.handleControllerAxisEvent(&event.caxis);
m_InputHandler->handleControllerAxisEvent(&event.caxis);
break;
case SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN:
case SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP:
inputHandler.handleControllerButtonEvent(&event.cbutton);
m_InputHandler->handleControllerButtonEvent(&event.cbutton);
break;
case SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED:
case SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED:
inputHandler.handleControllerDeviceEvent(&event.cdevice);
m_InputHandler->handleControllerDeviceEvent(&event.cdevice);
break;
case SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED:
inputHandler.handleJoystickArrivalEvent(&event.jdevice);
m_InputHandler->handleJoystickArrivalEvent(&event.jdevice);
break;
// SDL2 sends touch events from trackpads by default on
@@ -1176,7 +1222,7 @@ void Session::exec(int displayOriginX, int displayOriginY)
case SDL_FINGERDOWN:
case SDL_FINGERMOTION:
case SDL_FINGERUP:
inputHandler.handleTouchFingerEvent(&event.tfinger);
m_InputHandler->handleTouchFingerEvent(&event.tfinger);
break;
#endif
}
@@ -1190,7 +1236,16 @@ DispatchDeferredCleanup:
SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_TIMER_RESOLUTION, "0");
// Raise any keys that are still down
inputHandler.raiseAllKeys();
m_InputHandler->raiseAllKeys();
// Destroy the input handler now. Any rumble callbacks that
// occur after this point will be discarded. This must be destroyed
// before allow the UI to continue execution or it could interfere
// with SDLGamepadKeyNavigation.
SDL_AtomicLock(&m_InputHandlerLock);
delete m_InputHandler;
m_InputHandler = nullptr;
SDL_AtomicUnlock(&m_InputHandlerLock);
// Destroy the decoder, since this must be done on the main thread
SDL_AtomicLock(&m_DecoderLock);
+20 -1
View File
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
#include <Limelight.h>
#include <opus_multistream.h>
#include "backend/computermanager.h"
#include "settings/streamingpreferences.h"
#include "input.h"
#include "video/decoder.h"
#include "audio/renderers/renderer.h"
#include "video/overlaymanager.h"
class Session : public QObject
{
@@ -32,6 +32,16 @@ public:
int getDecoderCapabilities(StreamingPreferences::VideoDecoderSelection vds,
int videoFormat, int width, int height, int frameRate);
static Session* get()
{
return s_ActiveSession;
}
Overlay::OverlayManager& getOverlayManager()
{
return m_OverlayManager;
}
signals:
void stageStarting(QString stage);
@@ -73,6 +83,7 @@ private:
bool chooseDecoder(StreamingPreferences::VideoDecoderSelection vds,
SDL_Window* window, int videoFormat, int width, int height,
int frameRate, bool enableVsync, bool enableFramePacing,
bool testOnly,
IVideoDecoder*& chosenDecoder);
static
@@ -87,6 +98,9 @@ private:
static
void clLogMessage(const char* format, ...);
static
void clRumble(unsigned short controllerNumber, unsigned short lowFreqMotor, unsigned short highFreqMotor);
static
int arInit(int audioConfiguration,
const POPUS_MULTISTREAM_CONFIGURATION opusConfig,
@@ -122,6 +136,8 @@ private:
int m_DisplayOriginY;
bool m_PendingWindowedTransition;
bool m_UnexpectedTermination;
SdlInputHandler* m_InputHandler;
SDL_SpinLock m_InputHandlerLock;
int m_ActiveVideoFormat;
int m_ActiveVideoWidth;
@@ -133,6 +149,9 @@ private:
IAudioRenderer* m_AudioRenderer;
OPUS_MULTISTREAM_CONFIGURATION m_AudioConfig;
int m_AudioSampleCount;
Uint32 m_DropAudioEndTime;
Overlay::OverlayManager m_OverlayManager;
static AUDIO_RENDERER_CALLBACKS k_AudioCallbacks;
static CONNECTION_LISTENER_CALLBACKS k_ConnCallbacks;
+2
View File
@@ -12,12 +12,14 @@ typedef struct _VIDEO_STATS {
uint32_t receivedFrames;
uint32_t decodedFrames;
uint32_t renderedFrames;
uint32_t totalFrames;
uint32_t networkDroppedFrames;
uint32_t pacerDroppedFrames;
uint32_t totalReassemblyTime;
uint32_t totalDecodeTime;
uint32_t totalPacerTime;
uint32_t totalRenderTime;
float totalFps;
float receivedFps;
float decodedFps;
float renderedFps;
+209 -60
View File
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
#include "dxva2.h"
#include "../ffmpeg.h"
#include <streaming/streamutils.h>
#include <streaming/session.h>
#include <SDL_syswm.h>
@@ -25,7 +26,9 @@ DXVA2Renderer::DXVA2Renderer() :
m_RenderTarget(nullptr),
m_ProcService(nullptr),
m_Processor(nullptr),
m_FrameIndex(0)
m_FrameIndex(0),
m_DebugOverlayFont(nullptr),
m_BlockingPresent(false)
{
RtlZeroMemory(m_DecSurfaces, sizeof(m_DecSurfaces));
RtlZeroMemory(&m_DXVAContext, sizeof(m_DXVAContext));
@@ -44,6 +47,7 @@ DXVA2Renderer::~DXVA2Renderer()
SAFE_COM_RELEASE(m_RenderTarget);
SAFE_COM_RELEASE(m_ProcService);
SAFE_COM_RELEASE(m_Processor);
SAFE_COM_RELEASE(m_DebugOverlayFont);
for (int i = 0; i < ARRAYSIZE(m_DecSurfaces); i++) {
SAFE_COM_RELEASE(m_DecSurfaces[i]);
@@ -256,68 +260,114 @@ bool DXVA2Renderer::initializeRenderer()
m_DisplayWidth = renderTargetDesc.Width;
m_DisplayHeight = renderTargetDesc.Height;
hr = DXVA2CreateVideoService(m_Device, IID_IDirectXVideoProcessorService,
reinterpret_cast<void**>(&m_ProcService));
if (!isDXVideoProcessorAPIBlacklisted()) {
hr = DXVA2CreateVideoService(m_Device, IID_IDirectXVideoProcessorService,
reinterpret_cast<void**>(&m_ProcService));
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2CreateVideoService(IID_IDirectXVideoProcessorService) failed: %x",
hr);
return false;
}
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2CreateVideoService(IID_IDirectXVideoProcessorService) failed: %x",
hr);
return false;
}
DXVA2_VideoProcessorCaps caps;
hr = m_ProcService->GetVideoProcessorCaps(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, &caps);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"GetVideoProcessorCaps() failed for DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice: %x",
hr);
return false;
}
DXVA2_VideoProcessorCaps caps;
hr = m_ProcService->GetVideoProcessorCaps(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, &caps);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"GetVideoProcessorCaps() failed for DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice: %x",
hr);
return false;
}
if (!(caps.DeviceCaps & DXVA2_VPDev_HardwareDevice)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice is not hardware: %x",
caps.DeviceCaps);
return false;
}
else if (!(caps.VideoProcessorOperations & DXVA2_VideoProcess_YUV2RGB) &&
!(caps.VideoProcessorOperations & DXVA2_VideoProcess_YUV2RGBExtended)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice can't convert YUV2RGB: %x",
caps.VideoProcessorOperations);
return false;
}
else if (!(caps.VideoProcessorOperations & DXVA2_VideoProcess_StretchX) ||
!(caps.VideoProcessorOperations & DXVA2_VideoProcess_StretchY)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice can't stretch video: %x",
caps.VideoProcessorOperations);
return false;
}
if (!(caps.DeviceCaps & DXVA2_VPDev_HardwareDevice)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice is not hardware: %x",
caps.DeviceCaps);
return false;
}
else if (!(caps.VideoProcessorOperations & DXVA2_VideoProcess_YUV2RGB) &&
!(caps.VideoProcessorOperations & DXVA2_VideoProcess_YUV2RGBExtended)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice can't convert YUV2RGB: %x",
caps.VideoProcessorOperations);
return false;
}
else if (!(caps.VideoProcessorOperations & DXVA2_VideoProcess_StretchX) ||
!(caps.VideoProcessorOperations & DXVA2_VideoProcess_StretchY)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice can't stretch video: %x",
caps.VideoProcessorOperations);
return false;
}
if (caps.DeviceCaps & DXVA2_VPDev_EmulatedDXVA1) {
// DXVA2 over DXVA1 may have bad performance
SDL_LogWarn(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice is DXVA1");
}
if (caps.DeviceCaps & DXVA2_VPDev_EmulatedDXVA1) {
// DXVA2 over DXVA1 may have bad performance
SDL_LogWarn(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice is DXVA1");
}
m_ProcService->GetProcAmpRange(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, DXVA2_ProcAmp_Brightness, &m_BrightnessRange);
m_ProcService->GetProcAmpRange(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, DXVA2_ProcAmp_Contrast, &m_ContrastRange);
m_ProcService->GetProcAmpRange(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, DXVA2_ProcAmp_Hue, &m_HueRange);
m_ProcService->GetProcAmpRange(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, DXVA2_ProcAmp_Saturation, &m_SaturationRange);
m_ProcService->GetProcAmpRange(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, DXVA2_ProcAmp_Brightness, &m_BrightnessRange);
m_ProcService->GetProcAmpRange(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, DXVA2_ProcAmp_Contrast, &m_ContrastRange);
m_ProcService->GetProcAmpRange(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, DXVA2_ProcAmp_Hue, &m_HueRange);
m_ProcService->GetProcAmpRange(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, DXVA2_ProcAmp_Saturation, &m_SaturationRange);
hr = m_ProcService->CreateVideoProcessor(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, 0, &m_Processor);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"CreateVideoProcessor() failed for DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice: %x",
hr);
return false;
hr = m_ProcService->CreateVideoProcessor(DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice, &m_Desc, renderTargetDesc.Format, 0, &m_Processor);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"CreateVideoProcessor() failed for DXVA2_VideoProcProgressiveDevice: %x",
hr);
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
bool DXVA2Renderer::isDXVideoProcessorAPIBlacklisted()
{
IDirect3D9* d3d9;
HRESULT hr;
bool result = false;
hr = m_Device->GetDirect3D(&d3d9);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
D3DCAPS9 caps;
hr = m_Device->GetDeviceCaps(&caps);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
D3DADAPTER_IDENTIFIER9 id;
hr = d3d9->GetAdapterIdentifier(caps.AdapterOrdinal, 0, &id);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && id.VendorId == 0x8086) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Avoiding IDirectXVideoProcessor API on Intel GPU");
// On Intel GPUs, we can get unwanted video "enhancements" due to post-processing
// effects that the GPU driver forces on us. In many cases, this makes the video
// actually look worse. We can avoid these by using StretchRect() instead on these
// platforms.
result = true;
}
else {
result = false;
}
}
else {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"GetDeviceCaps() failed: %x", hr);
}
d3d9->Release();
}
else {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"GetDirect3D() failed: %x", hr);
}
return result;
}
bool DXVA2Renderer::isDecoderBlacklisted()
{
IDirect3D9* d3d9;
@@ -512,6 +562,8 @@ bool DXVA2Renderer::initializeDevice(SDL_Window* window, bool enableVsync)
d3dpp.BackBufferCount = 1;
}
m_BlockingPresent = false;
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Windowed mode with DWM running");
}
@@ -521,6 +573,7 @@ bool DXVA2Renderer::initializeDevice(SDL_Window* window, bool enableVsync)
d3dpp.PresentationInterval = D3DPRESENT_INTERVAL_ONE;
d3dpp.SwapEffect = D3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD;
d3dpp.BackBufferCount = 1;
m_BlockingPresent = true;
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"V-Sync enabled");
@@ -531,6 +584,7 @@ bool DXVA2Renderer::initializeDevice(SDL_Window* window, bool enableVsync)
d3dpp.PresentationInterval = D3DPRESENT_INTERVAL_IMMEDIATE;
d3dpp.SwapEffect = D3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD;
d3dpp.BackBufferCount = 1;
m_BlockingPresent = false;
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"V-Sync disabled in tearing mode");
@@ -591,9 +645,13 @@ bool DXVA2Renderer::initialize(SDL_Window* window, int videoFormat, int width, i
int alignment;
// HEVC using DXVA requires 128B alignment
// HEVC using DXVA requires 128 pixel alignment, however Intel GPUs decoding HEVC
// using StretchRect() to render draw a translucent green line at the top of
// the screen in full-screen mode at 720p/1080p unless we use 32 pixel alignment.
// This appears to work without issues on AMD and Nvidia GPUs too, so we will
// do it unconditionally for now.
if (m_VideoFormat & VIDEO_FORMAT_MASK_H265) {
alignment = 128;
alignment = 32;
}
else {
alignment = 16;
@@ -649,7 +707,34 @@ IFFmpegRenderer::FramePacingConstraint DXVA2Renderer::getFramePacingConstraint()
return PACING_ANY;
}
void DXVA2Renderer::renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame *frame)
void DXVA2Renderer::notifyOverlayUpdated(Overlay::OverlayType)
{
HRESULT hr;
// Initialize the overlay font if it's not already created
if (m_DebugOverlayFont == nullptr) {
hr = D3DXCreateFontA(m_Device,
Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayFontSize(Overlay::OverlayDebug),
0,
FW_HEAVY,
1,
false,
ANSI_CHARSET,
OUT_DEFAULT_PRECIS,
DEFAULT_QUALITY,
DEFAULT_PITCH | FF_DONTCARE,
"",
&m_DebugOverlayFont);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"D3DXCreateFontA() failed: %x",
hr);
m_DebugOverlayFont = nullptr;
}
}
}
void DXVA2Renderer::renderFrame(AVFrame *frame)
{
IDirect3DSurface9* surface = reinterpret_cast<IDirect3DSurface9*>(frame->data[3]);
HRESULT hr;
@@ -785,12 +870,10 @@ void DXVA2Renderer::renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame *frame)
bltParams.Alpha = DXVA2_Fixed32OpaqueAlpha();
m_Device->Clear(0, nullptr, D3DCLEAR_TARGET, D3DCOLOR_ARGB(255, 0, 0, 0), 0.0f, 0);
hr = m_Processor->VideoProcessBlt(m_RenderTarget, &bltParams, &sample, 1, nullptr);
hr = m_Device->Clear(0, nullptr, D3DCLEAR_TARGET, D3DCOLOR_ARGB(255, 0, 0, 0), 0.0f, 0);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"VideoProcessBlt() failed: %x",
"Clear() failed: %x",
hr);
SDL_Event event;
event.type = SDL_RENDER_TARGETS_RESET;
@@ -798,7 +881,73 @@ void DXVA2Renderer::renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame *frame)
return;
}
hr = m_Device->PresentEx(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, 0);
hr = m_Device->BeginScene();
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"BeginScene() failed: %x",
hr);
SDL_Event event;
event.type = SDL_RENDER_TARGETS_RESET;
SDL_PushEvent(&event);
return;
}
if (m_Processor) {
hr = m_Processor->VideoProcessBlt(m_RenderTarget, &bltParams, &sample, 1, nullptr);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"VideoProcessBlt() failed, falling back to StretchRect(): %x",
hr);
m_Processor->Release();
m_Processor = nullptr;
}
}
if (!m_Processor) {
// This function doesn't trigger any of Intel's garbage video "enhancements"
hr = m_Device->StretchRect(surface, &sample.SrcRect, m_RenderTarget, &sample.DstRect, D3DTEXF_NONE);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"StretchRect() failed: %x",
hr);
SDL_Event event;
event.type = SDL_RENDER_TARGETS_RESET;
SDL_PushEvent(&event);
return;
}
}
if (m_DebugOverlayFont != nullptr) {
if (Session::get()->getOverlayManager().isOverlayEnabled(Overlay::OverlayDebug)) {
SDL_Color color = Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayColor(Overlay::OverlayDebug);
m_DebugOverlayFont->DrawTextA(nullptr,
Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayText(Overlay::OverlayDebug),
-1,
&sample.DstRect,
DT_LEFT | DT_NOCLIP,
D3DCOLOR_ARGB(color.a, color.r, color.g, color.b));
}
}
hr = m_Device->EndScene();
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"EndScene() failed: %x",
hr);
SDL_Event event;
event.type = SDL_RENDER_TARGETS_RESET;
SDL_PushEvent(&event);
return;
}
do {
// Use D3DPRESENT_DONOTWAIT if present may block in order to avoid holding the giant
// lock around this D3D device for excessive lengths of time (blocking concurrent decoding tasks).
hr = m_Device->PresentEx(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, m_BlockingPresent ? D3DPRESENT_DONOTWAIT : 0);
if (hr == D3DERR_WASSTILLDRAWING) {
SDL_Delay(1);
}
} while (hr == D3DERR_WASSTILLDRAWING);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
SDL_LogError(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"PresentEx() failed: %x",
+11 -6
View File
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
#include "pacer/pacer.h"
#include <d3d9.h>
#include <d3dx9.h>
#include <dxva2api.h>
extern "C" {
@@ -20,18 +21,20 @@ public:
int width,
int height,
int maxFps,
bool enableVsync);
virtual bool prepareDecoderContext(AVCodecContext* context);
virtual void renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame);
virtual bool needsTestFrame();
virtual int getDecoderCapabilities();
virtual FramePacingConstraint getFramePacingConstraint();
bool enableVsync) override;
virtual bool prepareDecoderContext(AVCodecContext* context) override;
virtual void renderFrame(AVFrame* frame) override;
virtual bool needsTestFrame() override;
virtual int getDecoderCapabilities() override;
virtual FramePacingConstraint getFramePacingConstraint() override;
virtual void notifyOverlayUpdated(Overlay::OverlayType) override;
private:
bool initializeDecoder();
bool initializeRenderer();
bool initializeDevice(SDL_Window* window, bool enableVsync);
bool isDecoderBlacklisted();
bool isDXVideoProcessorAPIBlacklisted();
static
AVBufferRef* ffPoolAlloc(void* opaque, int size);
@@ -67,4 +70,6 @@ private:
DXVA2_ValueRange m_SaturationRange;
DXVA2_VideoDesc m_Desc;
REFERENCE_TIME m_FrameIndex;
LPD3DXFONT m_DebugOverlayFont;
bool m_BlockingPresent;
};
@@ -8,11 +8,12 @@
#endif
#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <Windows.h>
#include <VersionHelpers.h>
#include "dxvsyncsource.h"
#endif
#define FRAME_HISTORY_ENTRIES 8
// We may be woken up slightly late so don't go all the way
// up to the next V-sync since we may accidentally step into
// the next V-sync period. It also takes some amount of time
@@ -21,7 +22,8 @@
#define TIMER_SLACK_MS 3
Pacer::Pacer(IFFmpegRenderer* renderer, PVIDEO_STATS videoStats) :
m_FrameQueueLock(0),
m_RenderThread(nullptr),
m_Stopping(false),
m_VsyncSource(nullptr),
m_VsyncRenderer(renderer),
m_MaxVideoFps(0),
@@ -37,10 +39,70 @@ Pacer::~Pacer()
delete m_VsyncSource;
m_VsyncSource = nullptr;
while (!m_FrameQueue.isEmpty()) {
AVFrame* frame = m_FrameQueue.dequeue();
// Stop the render thread
m_Stopping = true;
if (m_RenderThread != nullptr) {
m_RenderQueueNotEmpty.wakeAll();
SDL_WaitThread(m_RenderThread, nullptr);
}
// Delete any remaining unconsumed frames
while (!m_RenderQueue.isEmpty()) {
AVFrame* frame = m_RenderQueue.dequeue();
av_frame_free(&frame);
}
while (!m_PacingQueue.isEmpty()) {
AVFrame* frame = m_PacingQueue.dequeue();
av_frame_free(&frame);
}
}
int Pacer::renderThread(void* context)
{
Pacer* me = reinterpret_cast<Pacer*>(context);
while (!me->m_Stopping) {
// Acquire the frame queue lock to protect the queue and
// the not empty condition
me->m_FrameQueueLock.lock();
// Wait for a frame to be ready to render
while (!me->m_Stopping && me->m_RenderQueue.isEmpty()) {
me->m_RenderQueueNotEmpty.wait(&me->m_FrameQueueLock);
}
if (me->m_Stopping) {
// Exit this thread
me->m_FrameQueueLock.unlock();
break;
}
// Dequeue the most recent frame for rendering and free the others.
// NB: m_FrameQueueLock still held here!
AVFrame* lastFrame = nullptr;
while (!me->m_RenderQueue.isEmpty()) {
if (lastFrame != nullptr) {
// Don't hold the frame queue lock across av_frame_free(),
// since it could need to talk to the GPU driver. This is safe
// because we're guaranteed that the queue will not shrink during
// this time (and so dequeue() below will always get something).
me->m_FrameQueueLock.unlock();
av_frame_free(&lastFrame);
me->m_VideoStats->pacerDroppedFrames++;
me->m_FrameQueueLock.lock();
}
lastFrame = me->m_RenderQueue.dequeue();
}
// Release the frame queue lock before rendering
me->m_FrameQueueLock.unlock();
// Render and free the mot current frame
me->renderFrame(lastFrame);
}
return 0;
}
// Called in an arbitrary thread by the IVsyncSource on V-sync
@@ -52,9 +114,7 @@ void Pacer::vsyncCallback(int timeUntilNextVsyncMillis)
SDL_assert(timeUntilNextVsyncMillis >= TIMER_SLACK_MS);
Uint32 vsyncCallbackStartTime = SDL_GetTicks();
SDL_AtomicLock(&m_FrameQueueLock);
m_FrameQueueLock.lock();
// If the queue length history entries are large, be strict
// about dropping excess frames.
@@ -64,8 +124,8 @@ void Pacer::vsyncCallback(int timeUntilNextVsyncMillis)
// frame history to drop frames only if consistently above the
// one queued frame mark.
if (m_MaxVideoFps >= m_DisplayFps) {
for (int i = 0; i < m_FrameQueueHistory.count(); i++) {
if (m_FrameQueueHistory[i] <= 1) {
for (int queueHistoryEntry : m_PacingQueueHistory) {
if (queueHistoryEntry <= 1) {
// Be lenient as long as the queue length
// resolves before the end of frame history
frameDropTarget = 3;
@@ -73,55 +133,38 @@ void Pacer::vsyncCallback(int timeUntilNextVsyncMillis)
}
}
if (m_FrameQueueHistory.count() == FRAME_HISTORY_ENTRIES) {
m_FrameQueueHistory.dequeue();
// Keep a rolling 500 ms window of pacing queue history
if (m_PacingQueueHistory.count() == m_DisplayFps / 2) {
m_PacingQueueHistory.dequeue();
}
m_FrameQueueHistory.enqueue(m_FrameQueue.count());
m_PacingQueueHistory.enqueue(m_PacingQueue.count());
}
// Catch up if we're several frames ahead
while (m_FrameQueue.count() > frameDropTarget) {
AVFrame* frame = m_FrameQueue.dequeue();
while (m_PacingQueue.count() > frameDropTarget) {
AVFrame* frame = m_PacingQueue.dequeue();
// Drop the lock while we call av_frame_free()
m_FrameQueueLock.unlock();
m_VideoStats->pacerDroppedFrames++;
av_frame_free(&frame);
m_FrameQueueLock.lock();
}
if (m_FrameQueue.isEmpty()) {
SDL_AtomicUnlock(&m_FrameQueueLock);
while (!SDL_TICKS_PASSED(SDL_GetTicks(),
vsyncCallbackStartTime + timeUntilNextVsyncMillis - TIMER_SLACK_MS)) {
SDL_Delay(1);
SDL_AtomicLock(&m_FrameQueueLock);
if (!m_FrameQueue.isEmpty()) {
// Don't release the lock
goto RenderNextFrame;
}
SDL_AtomicUnlock(&m_FrameQueueLock);
if (m_PacingQueue.isEmpty()) {
// Wait for a frame to arrive or our V-sync timeout to expire
if (!m_PacingQueueNotEmpty.wait(&m_FrameQueueLock, timeUntilNextVsyncMillis - TIMER_SLACK_MS)) {
// Wait timed out - unlock and bail
m_FrameQueueLock.unlock();
return;
}
// Nothing to render at this time
return;
}
RenderNextFrame:
// Grab the first frame
AVFrame* frame = m_FrameQueue.dequeue();
SDL_AtomicUnlock(&m_FrameQueueLock);
// Count time spent in Pacer's queues
Uint32 beforeRender = SDL_GetTicks();
m_VideoStats->totalPacerTime += beforeRender - frame->pts;
// Render it
m_VsyncRenderer->renderFrameAtVsync(frame);
m_VideoStats->totalRenderTime += SDL_GetTicks() - beforeRender;
m_VideoStats->renderedFrames++;
// Free the frame
av_frame_free(&frame);
// Place the first frame on the render queue
m_RenderQueue.enqueue(m_PacingQueue.dequeue());
m_FrameQueueLock.unlock();
m_RenderQueueNotEmpty.wakeOne();
}
bool Pacer::initialize(SDL_Window* window, int maxVideoFps, bool enablePacing)
@@ -137,7 +180,11 @@ bool Pacer::initialize(SDL_Window* window, int maxVideoFps, bool enablePacing)
#if defined(Q_OS_DARWIN)
m_VsyncSource = DisplayLinkVsyncSourceFactory::createVsyncSource(this);
#elif defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
m_VsyncSource = new DxVsyncSource(this);
// Don't use D3DKMTWaitForVerticalBlankEvent() on Windows 7, because
// it blocks during other concurrent DX operations (like actually rendering).
if (IsWindows8OrGreater()) {
m_VsyncSource = new DxVsyncSource(this);
}
#else
// Platforms without a VsyncSource will just render frames
// immediately like they used to.
@@ -153,32 +200,77 @@ bool Pacer::initialize(SDL_Window* window, int maxVideoFps, bool enablePacing)
m_DisplayFps, m_MaxVideoFps);
}
m_RenderThread = SDL_CreateThread(Pacer::renderThread, "Pacer Render Thread", this);
return true;
}
void Pacer::renderFrame(AVFrame* frame)
{
// Count time spent in Pacer's queues
Uint32 beforeRender = SDL_GetTicks();
m_VideoStats->totalPacerTime += beforeRender - frame->pts;
// Render it
m_VsyncRenderer->renderFrame(frame);
Uint32 afterRender = SDL_GetTicks();
m_VideoStats->totalRenderTime += afterRender - beforeRender;
m_VideoStats->renderedFrames++;
av_frame_free(&frame);
// Drop frames if we have too many queued up for a while
m_FrameQueueLock.lock();
int frameDropTarget = 0;
for (int queueHistoryEntry : m_RenderQueueHistory) {
if (queueHistoryEntry == 0) {
// Be lenient as long as the queue length
// resolves before the end of frame history
frameDropTarget = 2;
break;
}
}
// Keep a rolling 500 ms window of render queue history
if (m_RenderQueueHistory.count() == m_MaxVideoFps / 2) {
m_RenderQueueHistory.dequeue();
}
m_RenderQueueHistory.enqueue(m_RenderQueue.count());
// Catch up if we're several frames ahead
while (m_RenderQueue.count() > frameDropTarget) {
AVFrame* frame = m_RenderQueue.dequeue();
// Drop the lock while we call av_frame_free()
m_FrameQueueLock.unlock();
m_VideoStats->pacerDroppedFrames++;
av_frame_free(&frame);
m_FrameQueueLock.lock();
}
m_FrameQueueLock.unlock();
}
void Pacer::submitFrame(AVFrame* frame)
{
// Make sure initialize() has been called
SDL_assert(m_MaxVideoFps != 0);
// Queue the frame until the V-sync callback if
// we have a V-sync source, otherwise deliver it
// immediately and hope for the best.
if (isUsingFrameQueue()) {
SDL_AtomicLock(&m_FrameQueueLock);
m_FrameQueue.enqueue(frame);
SDL_AtomicUnlock(&m_FrameQueueLock);
// Queue the frame and possibly wake up the render thread
m_FrameQueueLock.lock();
if (m_VsyncSource != nullptr) {
m_PacingQueue.enqueue(frame);
}
else {
Uint32 beforeRender = SDL_GetTicks();
m_VsyncRenderer->renderFrameAtVsync(frame);
m_VideoStats->totalRenderTime += SDL_GetTicks() - beforeRender;
m_VideoStats->renderedFrames++;
av_frame_free(&frame);
m_RenderQueue.enqueue(frame);
}
m_FrameQueueLock.unlock();
if (m_VsyncSource != nullptr) {
m_PacingQueueNotEmpty.wakeOne();
}
else {
m_RenderQueueNotEmpty.wakeOne();
}
}
bool Pacer::isUsingFrameQueue()
{
return m_VsyncSource != nullptr;
}
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
#include "../renderer.h"
#include <QQueue>
#include <QMutex>
#include <QWaitCondition>
class IVsyncSource {
public:
@@ -24,12 +26,20 @@ public:
void vsyncCallback(int timeUntilNextVsyncMillis);
bool isUsingFrameQueue();
private:
QQueue<AVFrame*> m_FrameQueue;
QQueue<int> m_FrameQueueHistory;
SDL_SpinLock m_FrameQueueLock;
static int renderThread(void* context);
void renderFrame(AVFrame* frame);
QQueue<AVFrame*> m_RenderQueue;
QQueue<AVFrame*> m_PacingQueue;
QQueue<int> m_PacingQueueHistory;
QQueue<int> m_RenderQueueHistory;
QMutex m_FrameQueueLock;
QWaitCondition m_RenderQueueNotEmpty;
QWaitCondition m_PacingQueueNotEmpty;
SDL_Thread* m_RenderThread;
bool m_Stopping;
IVsyncSource* m_VsyncSource;
IFFmpegRenderer* m_VsyncRenderer;
@@ -2,11 +2,13 @@
#include <SDL.h>
#include "streaming/video/overlaymanager.h"
extern "C" {
#include <libavcodec/avcodec.h>
}
class IFFmpegRenderer {
class IFFmpegRenderer : public Overlay::IOverlayRenderer {
public:
enum FramePacingConstraint {
PACING_FORCE_OFF,
@@ -14,7 +16,6 @@ public:
PACING_ANY
};
virtual ~IFFmpegRenderer() {}
virtual bool initialize(SDL_Window* window,
int videoFormat,
int width,
@@ -22,29 +23,13 @@ public:
int maxFps,
bool enableVsync) = 0;
virtual bool prepareDecoderContext(AVCodecContext* context) = 0;
virtual void renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame) = 0;
virtual void renderFrame(AVFrame* frame) = 0;
virtual bool needsTestFrame() = 0;
virtual int getDecoderCapabilities() = 0;
virtual FramePacingConstraint getFramePacingConstraint() = 0;
};
class SdlRenderer : public IFFmpegRenderer {
public:
SdlRenderer();
virtual ~SdlRenderer();
virtual bool initialize(SDL_Window* window,
int videoFormat,
int width,
int height,
int maxFps,
bool enableVsync);
virtual bool prepareDecoderContext(AVCodecContext* context);
virtual void renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame);
virtual bool needsTestFrame();
virtual int getDecoderCapabilities();
virtual FramePacingConstraint getFramePacingConstraint();
private:
SDL_Renderer* m_Renderer;
SDL_Texture* m_Texture;
// IOverlayRenderer
virtual void notifyOverlayUpdated(Overlay::OverlayType) override {
// Nothing
}
};
+106 -4
View File
@@ -1,16 +1,45 @@
#include "renderer.h"
#include "sdlvid.h"
#include "streaming/session.h"
#include "path.h"
#include <QDir>
#include <Limelight.h>
SdlRenderer::SdlRenderer()
: m_Renderer(nullptr),
m_Texture(nullptr)
m_Texture(nullptr),
m_DebugOverlayFont(nullptr),
m_DebugOverlaySurface(nullptr),
m_DebugOverlayTexture(nullptr)
{
SDL_assert(TTF_WasInit() == 0);
if (TTF_Init() != 0) {
SDL_LogWarn(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"TTF_Init() failed: %s",
TTF_GetError());
return;
}
}
SdlRenderer::~SdlRenderer()
{
if (m_DebugOverlayFont != nullptr) {
TTF_CloseFont(m_DebugOverlayFont);
}
TTF_Quit();
SDL_assert(TTF_WasInit() == 0);
if (m_DebugOverlayTexture != nullptr) {
SDL_DestroyTexture(m_DebugOverlayTexture);
}
if (m_DebugOverlaySurface != nullptr) {
SDL_FreeSurface(m_DebugOverlaySurface);
}
if (m_Texture != nullptr) {
SDL_DestroyTexture(m_Texture);
}
@@ -48,6 +77,50 @@ IFFmpegRenderer::FramePacingConstraint SdlRenderer::getFramePacingConstraint()
return PACING_ANY;
}
void SdlRenderer::notifyOverlayUpdated(Overlay::OverlayType type)
{
if (type == Overlay::OverlayDebug) {
if (m_DebugOverlayFont == nullptr) {
QByteArray fontPath = QDir::toNativeSeparators(Path::getDataFilePath("ModeSeven.ttf")).toUtf8();
if (fontPath.isEmpty()) {
SDL_LogWarn(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Unable to locate SDL overlay font");
return;
}
m_DebugOverlayFont = TTF_OpenFont(fontPath.data(),
Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayFontSize(Overlay::OverlayDebug));
if (m_DebugOverlayFont == nullptr) {
SDL_LogWarn(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"TTF_OpenFont() failed: %s",
TTF_GetError());
// Can't proceed without a font
return;
}
}
SDL_Surface* oldSurface = (SDL_Surface*)SDL_AtomicGetPtr((void**)&m_DebugOverlaySurface);
// Free the old surface
if (oldSurface != nullptr && SDL_AtomicCASPtr((void**)&m_DebugOverlaySurface, oldSurface, nullptr)) {
SDL_FreeSurface(oldSurface);
}
if (Session::get()->getOverlayManager().isOverlayEnabled(type)) {
// The _Wrapped variant is required for line breaks to work
SDL_Surface* surface = TTF_RenderText_Blended_Wrapped(m_DebugOverlayFont,
Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayText(type),
Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayColor(type),
1000);
SDL_AtomicSetPtr((void**)&m_DebugOverlaySurface, surface);
}
}
else {
SDL_assert(false);
}
}
bool SdlRenderer::initialize(SDL_Window* window,
int,
int width,
@@ -98,7 +171,7 @@ bool SdlRenderer::initialize(SDL_Window* window,
return true;
}
void SdlRenderer::renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame)
void SdlRenderer::renderFrame(AVFrame* frame)
{
SDL_UpdateYUVTexture(m_Texture, nullptr,
frame->data[0],
@@ -109,6 +182,35 @@ void SdlRenderer::renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame)
frame->linesize[2]);
SDL_RenderClear(m_Renderer);
// Draw the video content itself
SDL_RenderCopy(m_Renderer, m_Texture, nullptr, nullptr);
// Draw the overlays
if (Session::get()->getOverlayManager().isOverlayEnabled(Overlay::OverlayDebug)) {
// If a new surface has been created for updated overlay data, convert it into a texture.
// NB: We have to do this conversion at render-time because we can only interact
// with the renderer on a single thread.
SDL_Surface* surface = (SDL_Surface*)SDL_AtomicGetPtr((void**)&m_DebugOverlaySurface);
if (surface != nullptr && SDL_AtomicCASPtr((void**)&m_DebugOverlaySurface, surface, nullptr)) {
if (m_DebugOverlayTexture != nullptr) {
SDL_DestroyTexture(m_DebugOverlayTexture);
}
m_DebugOverlayRect.x = 0;
m_DebugOverlayRect.y = 0;
m_DebugOverlayRect.w = surface->w;
m_DebugOverlayRect.h = surface->h;
m_DebugOverlayTexture = SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface(m_Renderer, surface);
SDL_FreeSurface(surface);
}
// If we have a debug overlay texture, render it too
if (m_DebugOverlayTexture != nullptr) {
SDL_RenderCopy(m_Renderer, m_DebugOverlayTexture, nullptr, &m_DebugOverlayRect);
}
}
SDL_RenderPresent(m_Renderer);
}
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
#pragma once
#include "renderer.h"
#include <SDL_ttf.h>
class SdlRenderer : public IFFmpegRenderer {
public:
SdlRenderer();
virtual ~SdlRenderer() override;
virtual bool initialize(SDL_Window* window,
int videoFormat,
int width,
int height,
int maxFps,
bool enableVsync) override;
virtual bool prepareDecoderContext(AVCodecContext* context) override;
virtual void renderFrame(AVFrame* frame) override;
virtual bool needsTestFrame() override;
virtual int getDecoderCapabilities() override;
virtual FramePacingConstraint getFramePacingConstraint() override;
virtual void notifyOverlayUpdated(Overlay::OverlayType) override;
private:
SDL_Renderer* m_Renderer;
SDL_Texture* m_Texture;
TTF_Font* m_DebugOverlayFont;
SDL_Surface* m_DebugOverlaySurface;
SDL_Texture* m_DebugOverlayTexture;
SDL_Rect m_DebugOverlayRect;
};
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ IFFmpegRenderer::FramePacingConstraint VAAPIRenderer::getFramePacingConstraint()
}
void
VAAPIRenderer::renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame)
VAAPIRenderer::renderFrame(AVFrame* frame)
{
VASurfaceID surface = (VASurfaceID)(uintptr_t)frame->data[3];
AVHWDeviceContext* deviceContext = (AVHWDeviceContext*)m_HwContext->data;
+1 -1
View File
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ public:
int maxFps,
bool enableVsync);
virtual bool prepareDecoderContext(AVCodecContext* context);
virtual void renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame);
virtual void renderFrame(AVFrame* frame);
virtual bool needsTestFrame();
virtual int getDecoderCapabilities();
virtual FramePacingConstraint getFramePacingConstraint();
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ IFFmpegRenderer::FramePacingConstraint VDPAURenderer::getFramePacingConstraint()
return PACING_ANY;
}
void VDPAURenderer::renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame)
void VDPAURenderer::renderFrame(AVFrame* frame)
{
VdpStatus status;
VdpVideoSurface videoSurface = (VdpVideoSurface)(uintptr_t)frame->data[3];
@@ -335,8 +335,8 @@ void VDPAURenderer::renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame)
0, nullptr,
&sourceRect,
chosenSurface,
&outputRect,
nullptr,
&outputRect,
0,
nullptr);
if (status != VDP_STATUS_OK) {
+1 -1
View File
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ public:
int maxFps,
bool enableVsync);
virtual bool prepareDecoderContext(AVCodecContext* context);
virtual void renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame);
virtual void renderFrame(AVFrame* frame);
virtual bool needsTestFrame();
virtual int getDecoderCapabilities();
virtual FramePacingConstraint getFramePacingConstraint();
+59 -13
View File
@@ -7,11 +7,13 @@
#include <SDL_syswm.h>
#include <Limelight.h>
#include <streaming/session.h>
#include <mach/mach_time.h>
#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
#import <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
#import <AVFoundation/AVFoundation.h>
#import <dispatch/dispatch.h>
class VTRenderer : public IFFmpegRenderer
{
@@ -20,7 +22,8 @@ public:
: m_HwContext(nullptr),
m_DisplayLayer(nullptr),
m_FormatDesc(nullptr),
m_View(nullptr)
m_StreamView(nullptr),
m_DebugOverlayTextField(nullptr)
{
}
@@ -34,13 +37,17 @@ public:
CFRelease(m_FormatDesc);
}
if (m_View != nullptr) {
[m_View removeFromSuperview];
if (m_DebugOverlayTextField != nullptr) {
[m_DebugOverlayTextField removeFromSuperview];
}
if (m_StreamView != nullptr) {
[m_StreamView removeFromSuperview];
}
}
// Caller frees frame after we return
virtual void renderFrameAtVsync(AVFrame* frame) override
virtual void renderFrame(AVFrame* frame) override
{
OSStatus status;
CVPixelBufferRef pixBuf = reinterpret_cast<CVPixelBufferRef>(frame->data[3]);
@@ -159,21 +166,21 @@ public:
// SDL adds its own content view to listen for events.
// We need to add a subview for our display layer.
NSView* contentView = info.info.cocoa.window.contentView;
m_View = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:contentView.bounds];
m_StreamView = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:contentView.bounds];
m_DisplayLayer = [[AVSampleBufferDisplayLayer alloc] init];
m_DisplayLayer.bounds = m_View.bounds;
m_DisplayLayer.position = CGPointMake(CGRectGetMidX(m_View.bounds), CGRectGetMidY(m_View.bounds));
m_DisplayLayer.bounds = m_StreamView.bounds;
m_DisplayLayer.position = CGPointMake(CGRectGetMidX(m_StreamView.bounds), CGRectGetMidY(m_StreamView.bounds));
m_DisplayLayer.videoGravity = AVLayerVideoGravityResizeAspect;
// Create a layer-hosted view by setting the layer before wantsLayer
// This avoids us having to add our AVSampleBufferDisplayLayer as a
// sublayer of a layer-backed view which leaves a useless layer in
// the middle.
m_View.layer = m_DisplayLayer;
m_View.wantsLayer = YES;
m_StreamView.layer = m_DisplayLayer;
m_StreamView.wantsLayer = YES;
[contentView addSubview: m_View];
[contentView addSubview: m_StreamView];
err = av_hwdevice_ctx_create(&m_HwContext,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
@@ -190,6 +197,41 @@ public:
return true;
}
static void updateDebugOverlayOnMainThread(void* context)
{
VTRenderer* me = (VTRenderer*)context;
// Lazy initialization for the overlay
if (me->m_DebugOverlayTextField == nullptr) {
me->m_DebugOverlayTextField = [[NSTextField alloc] initWithFrame:me->m_StreamView.bounds];
[me->m_DebugOverlayTextField setBezeled:NO];
[me->m_DebugOverlayTextField setDrawsBackground:NO];
[me->m_DebugOverlayTextField setEditable:NO];
[me->m_DebugOverlayTextField setSelectable:NO];
SDL_Color color = Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayColor(Overlay::OverlayDebug);
[me->m_DebugOverlayTextField setTextColor:[NSColor colorWithSRGBRed:color.r / 255.0 green:color.g / 255.0 blue:color.b / 255.0 alpha:color.a / 255.0]];
[me->m_DebugOverlayTextField setFont:[NSFont messageFontOfSize:Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayFontSize(Overlay::OverlayDebug)]];
[me->m_StreamView addSubview: me->m_DebugOverlayTextField];
}
// Update text contents
[me->m_DebugOverlayTextField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithUTF8String:Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayText(Overlay::OverlayDebug)]];
// Unhide if it's enabled
[me->m_DebugOverlayTextField setHidden: !Session::get()->getOverlayManager().isOverlayEnabled(Overlay::OverlayDebug)];
}
virtual void notifyOverlayUpdated(Overlay::OverlayType type) override
{
// We must do the actual UI updates on the main thread, so queue an
// async callback on the main thread via GCD to do the UI update.
if (type == Overlay::OverlayDebug) {
dispatch_async_f(dispatch_get_main_queue(), this, updateDebugOverlayOnMainThread);
}
}
virtual bool prepareDecoderContext(AVCodecContext* context) override
{
context->hw_device_ctx = av_buffer_ref(m_HwContext);
@@ -202,8 +244,11 @@ public:
virtual bool needsTestFrame() override
{
// We query VT to determine whether the codec is supported
return false;
// We used to trust VT to tell us whether decode will work, but
// there are cases where it can lie because the hardware technically
// can decode the format but VT is unserviceable for some other reason.
// Decoding the test frame will tell us for sure whether it will work.
return true;
}
virtual int getDecoderCapabilities() override
@@ -223,7 +268,8 @@ private:
AVBufferRef* m_HwContext;
AVSampleBufferDisplayLayer* m_DisplayLayer;
CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef m_FormatDesc;
NSView* m_View;
NSView* m_StreamView;
NSTextField* m_DebugOverlayTextField;
};
IFFmpegRenderer* VTRendererFactory::createRenderer() {
+126 -128
View File
@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
#include <Limelight.h>
#include "ffmpeg.h"
#include "streaming/streamutils.h"
#include "streaming/session.h"
#include <h264_stream.h>
#include "ffmpeg-renderers/sdlvid.h"
#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
#include "ffmpeg-renderers/dxva2.h"
#endif
@@ -33,7 +37,7 @@ bool FFmpegVideoDecoder::isHardwareAccelerated()
int FFmpegVideoDecoder::getDecoderCapabilities()
{
return m_Renderer->getDecoderCapabilities();
return CAPABILITY_DIRECT_SUBMIT | m_Renderer->getDecoderCapabilities();
}
enum AVPixelFormat FFmpegVideoDecoder::ffGetFormat(AVCodecContext* context,
@@ -57,7 +61,7 @@ enum AVPixelFormat FFmpegVideoDecoder::ffGetFormat(AVCodecContext* context,
return AV_PIX_FMT_NONE;
}
FFmpegVideoDecoder::FFmpegVideoDecoder()
FFmpegVideoDecoder::FFmpegVideoDecoder(bool testOnly)
: m_VideoDecoderCtx(nullptr),
m_DecodeBuffer(1024 * 1024, 0),
m_HwDecodeCfg(nullptr),
@@ -66,10 +70,10 @@ FFmpegVideoDecoder::FFmpegVideoDecoder()
m_Pacer(nullptr),
m_LastFrameNumber(0),
m_StreamFps(0),
m_NeedsSpsFixup(false)
m_NeedsSpsFixup(false),
m_TestOnly(testOnly)
{
av_init_packet(&m_Pkt);
SDL_AtomicSet(&m_QueuedFrames, 0);
SDL_zero(m_ActiveWndVideoStats);
SDL_zero(m_LastWndVideoStats);
@@ -82,6 +86,12 @@ FFmpegVideoDecoder::FFmpegVideoDecoder()
FFmpegVideoDecoder::~FFmpegVideoDecoder()
{
reset();
// Set log level back to default.
// NB: We don't do this in reset() because we want
// to preserve the log level across reset() during
// test initialization.
av_log_set_level(AV_LOG_INFO);
}
IFFmpegRenderer* FFmpegVideoDecoder::getRenderer()
@@ -91,28 +101,6 @@ IFFmpegRenderer* FFmpegVideoDecoder::getRenderer()
void FFmpegVideoDecoder::reset()
{
// Drop any frames still queued to ensure
// they are properly freed.
SDL_Event event;
while (SDL_AtomicGet(&m_QueuedFrames) > 0) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Waiting for %d frames to return",
SDL_AtomicGet(&m_QueuedFrames));
if (SDL_PeepEvents(&event,
1,
SDL_GETEVENT,
SDL_USEREVENT,
SDL_USEREVENT) == 1) {
dropFrame(&event.user);
}
else {
SDL_Delay(10);
SDL_PumpEvents();
}
}
delete m_Pacer;
m_Pacer = nullptr;
@@ -123,16 +111,29 @@ void FFmpegVideoDecoder::reset()
// need to delete in the renderer destructor.
avcodec_free_context(&m_VideoDecoderCtx);
if (!m_TestOnly) {
Session::get()->getOverlayManager().setOverlayRenderer(nullptr);
}
delete m_Renderer;
m_Renderer = nullptr;
logVideoStats(m_GlobalVideoStats, "Global video stats");
if (!m_TestOnly) {
logVideoStats(m_GlobalVideoStats, "Global video stats");
}
else {
// Test-only decoders can't have any frames submitted
SDL_assert(m_GlobalVideoStats.totalFrames == 0);
}
}
bool FFmpegVideoDecoder::completeInitialization(AVCodec* decoder, SDL_Window* window,
int videoFormat, int width, int height,
int maxFps, bool enableFramePacing, bool testOnly)
int maxFps, bool enableFramePacing, bool testFrame)
{
// In test-only mode, we should only see test frames
SDL_assert(!m_TestOnly || testFrame);
auto vsyncConstraint = m_Renderer->getFramePacingConstraint();
if (vsyncConstraint == IFFmpegRenderer::PACING_FORCE_OFF && enableFramePacing) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
@@ -150,9 +151,13 @@ bool FFmpegVideoDecoder::completeInitialization(AVCodec* decoder, SDL_Window* wi
}
m_StreamFps = maxFps;
m_Pacer = new Pacer(m_Renderer, &m_ActiveWndVideoStats);
if (!m_Pacer->initialize(window, maxFps, enableFramePacing)) {
return false;
// Don't bother initializing Pacer if we're not actually going to render
if (!testFrame) {
m_Pacer = new Pacer(m_Renderer, &m_ActiveWndVideoStats);
if (!m_Pacer->initialize(window, maxFps, enableFramePacing)) {
return false;
}
}
m_VideoDecoderCtx = avcodec_alloc_context3(decoder);
@@ -210,7 +215,7 @@ bool FFmpegVideoDecoder::completeInitialization(AVCodec* decoder, SDL_Window* wi
// our minds on the selected video codec, so we'll do a trial run
// now to see if things will actually work when the video stream
// comes in.
if (testOnly) {
if (testFrame) {
if (videoFormat & VIDEO_FORMAT_MASK_H264) {
m_Pkt.data = (uint8_t*)k_H264TestFrame;
m_Pkt.size = sizeof(k_H264TestFrame);
@@ -239,12 +244,10 @@ bool FFmpegVideoDecoder::completeInitialization(AVCodec* decoder, SDL_Window* wi
else {
m_NeedsSpsFixup = false;
}
}
#ifdef QT_DEBUG
// Restore default log level before streaming
av_log_set_level(AV_LOG_INFO);
#endif
// Tell overlay manager to use this renderer
Session::get()->getOverlayManager().setOverlayRenderer(m_Renderer);
}
return true;
}
@@ -254,6 +257,7 @@ void FFmpegVideoDecoder::addVideoStats(VIDEO_STATS& src, VIDEO_STATS& dst)
dst.receivedFrames += src.receivedFrames;
dst.decodedFrames += src.decodedFrames;
dst.renderedFrames += src.renderedFrames;
dst.totalFrames += src.totalFrames;
dst.networkDroppedFrames += src.networkDroppedFrames;
dst.pacerDroppedFrames += src.pacerDroppedFrames;
dst.totalReassemblyTime += src.totalReassemblyTime;
@@ -271,59 +275,59 @@ void FFmpegVideoDecoder::addVideoStats(VIDEO_STATS& src, VIDEO_STATS& dst)
// The following code assumes the global measure was already started first
SDL_assert(dst.measurementStartTimestamp <= src.measurementStartTimestamp);
dst.totalFps = (float)dst.totalFrames / ((float)(now - dst.measurementStartTimestamp) / 1000);
dst.receivedFps = (float)dst.receivedFrames / ((float)(now - dst.measurementStartTimestamp) / 1000);
dst.decodedFps = (float)dst.decodedFrames / ((float)(now - dst.measurementStartTimestamp) / 1000);
dst.renderedFps = (float)dst.renderedFrames / ((float)(now - dst.measurementStartTimestamp) / 1000);
}
void FFmpegVideoDecoder::stringifyVideoStats(VIDEO_STATS& stats, char* output)
{
int offset = 0;
// Start with an empty string
output[offset] = 0;
if (stats.receivedFps > 0) {
offset += sprintf(&output[offset],
"Estimated host PC frame rate: %.2f FPS\n"
"Incoming frame rate from network: %.2f FPS\n"
"Decoding frame rate: %.2f FPS\n"
"Rendering frame rate: %.2f FPS\n",
stats.totalFps,
stats.receivedFps,
stats.decodedFps,
stats.renderedFps);
}
if (stats.renderedFrames != 0) {
offset += sprintf(&output[offset],
"Frames dropped by your network connection: %.2f%%\n"
"Frames dropped due to network jitter: %.2f%%\n"
"Average receive time: %.2f ms\n"
"Average decoding time: %.2f ms\n"
"Average frame queue delay: %.2f ms\n"
"Average rendering time (including monitor V-sync latency): %.2f ms\n",
(float)stats.networkDroppedFrames / stats.totalFrames * 100,
(float)stats.pacerDroppedFrames / stats.decodedFrames * 100,
(float)stats.totalReassemblyTime / stats.receivedFrames,
(float)stats.totalDecodeTime / stats.decodedFrames,
(float)stats.totalPacerTime / stats.renderedFrames,
(float)stats.totalRenderTime / stats.renderedFrames);
}
}
void FFmpegVideoDecoder::logVideoStats(VIDEO_STATS& stats, const char* title)
{
if (stats.renderedFps > 0 || stats.renderedFrames != 0) {
char videoStatsStr[512];
stringifyVideoStats(stats, videoStatsStr);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"%s", title);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"----------------------------------------------------------");
}
if (stats.renderedFps > 0) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Incoming frame rate from network: %.2f FPS",
stats.receivedFps);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Decoding frame rate: %.2f FPS",
stats.decodedFps);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Rendering frame rate: %.2f FPS",
stats.renderedFps);
}
if (stats.renderedFrames != 0) {
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Total frames received: %u",
stats.receivedFrames);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Total frames decoded: %u",
stats.decodedFrames);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Total frames rendered: %u",
stats.renderedFrames);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Average reassembly time: %.2f ms",
(float)stats.totalReassemblyTime / stats.decodedFrames);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Average decode time: %.2f ms",
(float)stats.totalDecodeTime / stats.decodedFrames);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Average frame pacing delay: %.2f ms",
(float)stats.totalPacerTime / stats.renderedFrames);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Average render time: %.2f ms",
(float)stats.totalRenderTime / stats.renderedFrames);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Frames lost during network transmission: %.2f%%",
(float)stats.networkDroppedFrames / stats.decodedFrames);
SDL_LogInfo(SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
"Frames dropped by frame pacing: %.2f%%",
(float)stats.pacerDroppedFrames / stats.decodedFrames);
"----------------------------------------------------------\n%s",
videoStatsStr);
}
}
@@ -368,10 +372,8 @@ bool FFmpegVideoDecoder::initialize(
{
AVCodec* decoder;
#ifdef QT_DEBUG
// Increase log level during initialization
// Increase log level until the first frame is decoded
av_log_set_level(AV_LOG_DEBUG);
#endif
if (videoFormat & VIDEO_FORMAT_MASK_H264) {
decoder = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264);
@@ -400,7 +402,7 @@ bool FFmpegVideoDecoder::initialize(
m_Renderer = new SdlRenderer();
if (vds != StreamingPreferences::VDS_FORCE_HARDWARE &&
m_Renderer->initialize(window, videoFormat, width, height, maxFps, enableVsync) &&
completeInitialization(decoder, window, videoFormat, width, height, maxFps, enableFramePacing, false)) {
completeInitialization(decoder, window, videoFormat, width, height, maxFps, enableFramePacing, m_TestOnly)) {
return true;
}
else {
@@ -417,7 +419,13 @@ bool FFmpegVideoDecoder::initialize(
m_HwDecodeCfg = config;
// Initialize the hardware codec and submit a test frame if the renderer needs it
if (m_Renderer->initialize(window, videoFormat, width, height, maxFps, enableVsync) &&
completeInitialization(decoder, window, videoFormat, width, height, maxFps, enableFramePacing, m_Renderer->needsTestFrame())) {
completeInitialization(decoder, window, videoFormat, width, height, maxFps, enableFramePacing, m_TestOnly || m_Renderer->needsTestFrame())) {
if (m_TestOnly) {
// This decoder is only for testing capabilities, so don't bother
// creating a usable renderer
return true;
}
if (m_Renderer->needsTestFrame()) {
// The test worked, so now let's initialize it for real
reset();
@@ -492,16 +500,30 @@ int FFmpegVideoDecoder::submitDecodeUnit(PDECODE_UNIT du)
PLENTRY entry = du->bufferList;
int err;
// Flip stats windows roughly every second
if (m_ActiveWndVideoStats.receivedFrames == m_StreamFps) {
#if 0
VIDEO_STATS lastTwoWndStats = {};
addVideoStats(m_LastWndVideoStats, lastTwoWndStats);
addVideoStats(m_ActiveWndVideoStats, lastTwoWndStats);
SDL_assert(!m_TestOnly);
// Print stats from the last 2 windows
logVideoStats(lastTwoWndStats, "Periodic video stats");
#endif
if (!m_LastFrameNumber) {
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.measurementStartTimestamp = SDL_GetTicks();
m_LastFrameNumber = du->frameNumber;
}
else {
// Any frame number greater than m_LastFrameNumber + 1 represents a dropped frame
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.networkDroppedFrames += du->frameNumber - (m_LastFrameNumber + 1);
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.totalFrames += du->frameNumber - (m_LastFrameNumber + 1);
m_LastFrameNumber = du->frameNumber;
}
// Flip stats windows roughly every second
if (SDL_TICKS_PASSED(SDL_GetTicks(), m_ActiveWndVideoStats.measurementStartTimestamp + 1000)) {
// Update overlay stats if it's enabled
if (Session::get()->getOverlayManager().isOverlayEnabled(Overlay::OverlayDebug)) {
VIDEO_STATS lastTwoWndStats = {};
addVideoStats(m_LastWndVideoStats, lastTwoWndStats);
addVideoStats(m_ActiveWndVideoStats, lastTwoWndStats);
stringifyVideoStats(lastTwoWndStats, Session::get()->getOverlayManager().getOverlayText(Overlay::OverlayDebug));
Session::get()->getOverlayManager().setOverlayTextUpdated(Overlay::OverlayDebug);
}
// Accumulate these values into the global stats
addVideoStats(m_ActiveWndVideoStats, m_GlobalVideoStats);
@@ -513,16 +535,7 @@ int FFmpegVideoDecoder::submitDecodeUnit(PDECODE_UNIT du)
}
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.receivedFrames++;
if (!m_LastFrameNumber) {
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.measurementStartTimestamp = SDL_GetTicks();
m_LastFrameNumber = du->frameNumber;
}
else {
// Any frame number greater than m_LastFrameNumber + 1 represents a dropped frame
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.networkDroppedFrames += du->frameNumber - (m_LastFrameNumber + 1);
m_LastFrameNumber = du->frameNumber;
}
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.totalFrames++;
int requiredBufferSize = du->fullLength;
if (du->frameType == FRAME_TYPE_IDR) {
@@ -582,17 +595,19 @@ int FFmpegVideoDecoder::submitDecodeUnit(PDECODE_UNIT du)
// Reset failed decodes count if we reached this far
m_ConsecutiveFailedDecodes = 0;
// Restore default log level after a successful decode
av_log_set_level(AV_LOG_INFO);
// Capture a frame timestamp to measuring pacing delay
frame->pts = SDL_GetTicks();
// Queue the frame for rendering from the main thread
SDL_AtomicIncRef(&m_QueuedFrames);
queueFrame(frame);
// Count time in avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame()
// as time spent decoding
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.totalDecodeTime += SDL_GetTicks() - beforeDecode;
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.decodedFrames++;
// Queue the frame for rendering (or render now if pacer is disabled)
m_Pacer->submitFrame(frame);
}
else {
av_frame_free(&frame);
@@ -616,30 +631,13 @@ int FFmpegVideoDecoder::submitDecodeUnit(PDECODE_UNIT du)
}
// Called on main thread
void FFmpegVideoDecoder::renderFrame(SDL_UserEvent* event)
void FFmpegVideoDecoder::renderFrame(SDL_UserEvent*)
{
AVFrame* frame = reinterpret_cast<AVFrame*>(event->data1);
m_Pacer->submitFrame(frame);
SDL_AtomicDecRef(&m_QueuedFrames);
SDL_assert(false);
}
// Called on main thread
void FFmpegVideoDecoder::dropFrame(SDL_UserEvent* event)
void FFmpegVideoDecoder::dropFrame(SDL_UserEvent*)
{
AVFrame* frame = reinterpret_cast<AVFrame*>(event->data1);
// If Pacer is using a frame queue, we can just queue the
// frame and let it decide whether to drop or not. If Pacer
// is submitting directly for rendering, we drop the frame
// ourselves.
if (m_Pacer->isUsingFrameQueue()) {
m_Pacer->submitFrame(frame);
}
else {
av_frame_free(&frame);
// Since Pacer won't see this frame, we'll mark it as a drop
// on its behalf
m_ActiveWndVideoStats.pacerDroppedFrames++;
}
SDL_AtomicDecRef(&m_QueuedFrames);
SDL_assert(false);
}
+7 -4
View File
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ extern "C" {
class FFmpegVideoDecoder : public IVideoDecoder {
public:
FFmpegVideoDecoder();
virtual ~FFmpegVideoDecoder();
FFmpegVideoDecoder(bool testOnly);
virtual ~FFmpegVideoDecoder() override;
virtual bool initialize(StreamingPreferences::VideoDecoderSelection vds,
SDL_Window* window,
int videoFormat,
@@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ public:
private:
bool completeInitialization(AVCodec* decoder, SDL_Window* window,
int videoFormat, int width, int height,
int maxFps, bool enableFramePacing, bool testOnly);
int maxFps, bool enableFramePacing, bool testFrame);
void stringifyVideoStats(VIDEO_STATS& stats, char* output);
void logVideoStats(VIDEO_STATS& stats, const char* title);
@@ -52,15 +54,16 @@ private:
QByteArray m_DecodeBuffer;
const AVCodecHWConfig* m_HwDecodeCfg;
IFFmpegRenderer* m_Renderer;
SDL_atomic_t m_QueuedFrames;
int m_ConsecutiveFailedDecodes;
Pacer* m_Pacer;
VIDEO_STATS m_ActiveWndVideoStats;
VIDEO_STATS m_LastWndVideoStats;
VIDEO_STATS m_GlobalVideoStats;
int m_LastFrameNumber;
int m_StreamFps;
bool m_NeedsSpsFixup;
bool m_TestOnly;
static const uint8_t k_H264TestFrame[];
static const uint8_t k_HEVCTestFrame[];
+64
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
#include "overlaymanager.h"
using namespace Overlay;
OverlayManager::OverlayManager() :
m_Renderer(nullptr)
{
memset(m_Overlays, 0, sizeof(m_Overlays));
m_Overlays[OverlayType::OverlayDebug].color = {0xD0, 0xD0, 0x00, 0xFF};
m_Overlays[OverlayType::OverlayDebug].fontSize = 20;
}
bool OverlayManager::isOverlayEnabled(OverlayType type)
{
return m_Overlays[type].enabled;
}
char* OverlayManager::getOverlayText(OverlayType type)
{
return m_Overlays[type].text;
}
int OverlayManager::getOverlayFontSize(OverlayType type)
{
return m_Overlays[type].fontSize;
}
void OverlayManager::setOverlayTextUpdated(OverlayType type)
{
// Only update the overlay state if it's enabled. If it's not enabled,
// the renderer has already been notified by setOverlayState().
if (m_Overlays[type].enabled && m_Renderer != nullptr) {
m_Renderer->notifyOverlayUpdated(type);
}
}
void OverlayManager::setOverlayState(OverlayType type, bool enabled)
{
bool stateChanged = m_Overlays[type].enabled != enabled;
m_Overlays[type].enabled = enabled;
if (stateChanged) {
if (!enabled) {
// Set the text to empty string on disable
m_Overlays[type].text[0] = 0;
}
if (m_Renderer != nullptr) {
m_Renderer->notifyOverlayUpdated(type);
}
}
}
SDL_Color OverlayManager::getOverlayColor(OverlayType type)
{
return m_Overlays[type].color;
}
void OverlayManager::setOverlayRenderer(IOverlayRenderer* renderer)
{
m_Renderer = renderer;
}
+47
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
#pragma once
#include <QString>
#include <SDL.h>
namespace Overlay {
enum OverlayType {
OverlayDebug,
OverlayMinorNotification,
OverlayMajorNotification,
OverlayMax
};
class IOverlayRenderer
{
public:
virtual ~IOverlayRenderer() = default;
virtual void notifyOverlayUpdated(OverlayType type) = 0;
};
class OverlayManager
{
public:
OverlayManager();
bool isOverlayEnabled(OverlayType type);
char* getOverlayText(OverlayType type);
void setOverlayTextUpdated(OverlayType type);
void setOverlayState(OverlayType type, bool enabled);
SDL_Color getOverlayColor(OverlayType type);
int getOverlayFontSize(OverlayType type);
void setOverlayRenderer(IOverlayRenderer* renderer);
struct {
bool enabled;
int fontSize;
SDL_Color color;
char text[512];
} m_Overlays[OverlayMax];
IOverlayRenderer* m_Renderer;
};
}
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#include "sl.h"
SLVideoDecoder::SLVideoDecoder()
SLVideoDecoder::SLVideoDecoder(bool)
: m_VideoContext(nullptr),
m_VideoStream(nullptr)
{
+1 -1
View File
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
class SLVideoDecoder : public IVideoDecoder
{
public:
SLVideoDecoder();
SLVideoDecoder(bool testOnly);
virtual ~SLVideoDecoder();
virtual bool initialize(StreamingPreferences::VideoDecoderSelection vds,
SDL_Window* window,
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1 +1 @@
0.8.1
0.9.0
+1
View File
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
Versions/Current/Frameworks
+1
View File
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
Versions/Current/Headers
+1
View File
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
Versions/Current/Resources
+1
View File
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
Versions/Current/SDL2_ttf
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
Versions/Current/FreeType
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
Versions/Current/Headers
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
Versions/Current/Resources
@@ -0,0 +1,603 @@
/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftconfig.in */
/* */
/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
/* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
/* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
/* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
/* compiler. */
/* */
/* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
/* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
/* */
/* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>', and contains */
/* system-specific files that are always included first when building */
/* the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
/* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
/* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
/* `builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
/* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
/* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char' type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#define SIZEOF_INT 4
#define SIZEOF_LONG 8
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
/* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */
/* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
/* applied to the original header file for the builders that */
/* do not use configure script. */
/* The size of an `int' type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
/* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
/* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
/* porter should need to mess with them. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Mac support */
/* */
/* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
/* providing a new configuration file. */
/* */
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
/* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* */
/* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
/* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
/* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
/* */
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type */
/* (mostly for environments without `autoconf') */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
/* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
/* we handle the LLP64 scheme separately for GCC and clang, */
/* suppressing the `long long' warning */
#elif ( FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4 ) && \
defined( HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT ) && \
defined( __GNUC__ )
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wlong-long"
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile */
/* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data */
/* types if __STDC__ is defined. You can however ignore this rule */
/* by defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
/* */
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long' type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
#ifdef FT_LONG64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
#endif
#ifdef _WIN64
/* only 64bit Windows uses the LLP64 data model, i.e., */
/* 32bit integers, 64bit pointers */
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned __int64)(x)
#else
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned long)(x)
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
/* typeof condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h' header file */
#if ( ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 2 ) || \
( defined( __IBMC__ ) && __IBMC__ >= 1210 && \
defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) ) || \
( defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) ( __typeof__ ( type ) )
#else
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */
#endif
/* Use FT_LOCAL and FT_LOCAL_DEF to declare and define, respectively, */
/* a function that gets used only within the scope of a module. */
/* Normally, both the header and source code files for such a */
/* function are within a single module directory. */
/* */
/* Intra-module arrays should be tagged with FT_LOCAL_ARRAY and */
/* FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x
/* Use FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF to declare and define, respectively, */
/* functions that are used in more than a single module. In the */
/* current setup this implies that the declaration is in a header */
/* file in the `include/freetype/internal' directory, and the */
/* function body is in a file in `src/base'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL or DSO with hidden visibility */
/* some systems/compilers need a special attribute in front OR after */
/* the return type of function declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. */
/* */
/* To export a variable, use FT_EXPORT_VAR. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#if defined( _WIN32 ) && ( defined( _DLL ) || defined( DLL_EXPORT ) )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllexport ) x
#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __attribute__(( visibility( "default" ) )) x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#else
#if defined( FT2_DLLIMPORT )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllimport ) x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function, */
/* located in the same source code file as the structure that uses */
/* it. */
/* */
/* FT_BASE_CALLBACK and FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF are used to declare */
/* and define a callback function, respectively, in a similar way */
/* as FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF work. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_BASE_CALLBACK
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,804 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftheader.h */
/* */
/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Header File Macros */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
/* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
/* statements as in: */
/* */
/* { */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
/* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
/* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
/* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
/* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
/* */
/* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
/* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* configuration files */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the driver modules.
*
*/
#define FT_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftdriver.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
* Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PCF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the PCF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version 2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
* face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
* fonts embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
* GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
* mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
*/
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
/* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/* */
/* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* Deprecated macros. */
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* FT_CACHE_H is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
/* no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from <internal/...>
* only when building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* This is a generated file. */
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
/* EOF */
@@ -0,0 +1,977 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoption.h */
/* */
/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOPTION_H_
#define FTOPTION_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
/* */
/* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
/* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
/* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
/* */
/* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
/* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
/* library from a single source directory. */
/* */
/* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
/* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
/* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
/* include path during compilation. */
/* */
/* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
/* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
/* that for your own projects. */
/* */
/* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
/* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
/* locate this file during the build. For example, */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
/* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
/* */
/* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
/* definitions. */
/* */
/* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
/* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
/* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
/* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
/* */
/* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*#***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* If you enable this configuration option, FreeType recognizes an */
/* environment variable called `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES', which can be used */
/* to control the various font drivers and modules. The controllable */
/* properties are listed in the section @properties. */
/* */
/* You have to undefine this configuration option on platforms that lack */
/* the concept of environment variables (and thus don't have the */
/* `getenv' function), for example Windows CE. */
/* */
/* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' has the following syntax form (broken here into */
/* multiple lines for better readability). */
/* */
/* { */
/* <optional whitespace> */
/* <module-name1> ':' */
/* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1> */
/* <whitespace> */
/* <module-name2> ':' */
/* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2> */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* Example: */
/* */
/* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \ */
/* cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \ */
/* autofitter:warping=1 */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate LCD rendering */
/* technology similar to ClearType in this build of the library. This */
/* technology triples the resolution in the direction color subpixels. */
/* To mitigate color fringes inherent to this technology, you also need */
/* to explicitly set up LCD filtering. */
/* */
/* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
/* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
/* When this macro is not defined, FreeType offers alternative LCD */
/* rendering technology that produces excellent output without LCD */
/* filtering. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
/* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
/* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
/* */
/* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
/* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
/* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
/* */
/* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
/* building the library. */
/* */
/* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
/* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
/* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
/* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
/* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
/* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
/* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
/* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
/* */
/* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
/* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* LZW-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
/* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
/* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
/* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
/* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ZLib library selection */
/* */
/* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
/* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
/* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
/* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
/* */
/* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
/* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
/* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
/* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
/* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script, */
/* options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the */
/* value here with the configured one. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed file support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
/* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
/* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */
/* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
/* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */
/* the system available bzip2 implementation. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script, */
/* options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the */
/* value here with the configured one. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */
/* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
/* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */
/* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */
/* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* PNG bitmap support. */
/* */
/* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format. */
/* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed */
/* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be */
/* supported regardless of this configuration. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script, */
/* options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the */
/* value here with the configured one. */
/* */
/* #undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* HarfBuzz support. */
/* */
/* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of */
/* OpenType fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable */
/* by a font's character map will be hinted also. */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
/* */
/* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure' script, */
/* options set by those programs have precendence, overwriting the */
/* value here with the configured one. */
/* */
/* #undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
/* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
/* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
/* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
/* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
/* */
/* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
/* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
/* `post' table, but will not synthesize a missing Unicode charmap. */
/* */
/* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
/* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
/* */
/* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
/* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
/* */
/* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
/* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
/* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
/* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
/* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
/* */
/* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
/* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
/* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
/* fonts. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Support for Mac fonts */
/* */
/* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
/* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
/* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
/* */
/* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
/* */
/* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
/* GNU/Linux). */
/* */
/* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
/* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
/* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
/* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
/* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
/* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
/* names must be used. */
/* */
/* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
/* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
/* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
/* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
/* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
/* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
/* */
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
/* to do all of its work. */
/* */
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* FT_MAX_MODULES */
/* */
/* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
/* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
/* */
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Debug level */
/* */
/* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
/* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
/* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
/* execution. */
/* */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
/* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
/* */
/* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Autofitter debugging */
/* */
/* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */
/* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
/* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */
/* while compiling in `release' mode): */
/* */
/* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */
/* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */
/* */
/* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */
/* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */
/* */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments */
/* af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset */
/* */
/* As an argument, they use another global variable: */
/* */
/* _af_debug_hints */
/* */
/* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */
/* variables and macros should be used. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
/* them for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Memory Debugging */
/* */
/* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
/* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
/* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
/* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
/* */
/* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
/* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
/* it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Module errors */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
/* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
/* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
/* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
/* FreeType 2. */
/* */
/* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
/* */
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Position Independent Code */
/* */
/* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
/* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
/* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
/* code will be used. */
/* */
/* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
/* fixups, such as BREW. [Note that standard compilers like gcc or */
/* clang handle PIC generation automatically; you don't have to set */
/* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC, which is only necessary for very special */
/* compilers.] */
/* */
/* Note that FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC support is not available for all */
/* modules (see `modules.cfg' for a complete list). For building with */
/* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC support, do the following. */
/* */
/* 0. Clone the repository. */
/* 1. Define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC. */
/* 2. Remove all subdirectories in `src' that don't have */
/* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC support. */
/* 3. Comment out the corresponding modules in `modules.cfg'. */
/* 4. Compile. */
/* */
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
/* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
/* TrueType & OpenType). */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
/* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
/* OpenType file. */
/* */
/* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
/* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
/* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
/* */
/* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
/* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
/* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
/* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
/* does not contain any glyph name though. */
/* */
/* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
/* `ftsnames.h'. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* TrueType CMap support */
/* */
/* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
/* supported. */
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
/* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
/* */
/* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
/* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
/* */
/* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
/* define it for certain configurations only. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */
/* subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This modifies the */
/* TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is */
/* requested. */
/* */
/* In particular, it modifies the bytecode interpreter to interpret (or */
/* not) instructions in a certain way so that all TrueType fonts look */
/* like they do in a Windows ClearType (DirectWrite) environment. See */
/* [1] for a technical overview on what this means. See `ttinterp.h' */
/* for more details on the LEAN option. */
/* */
/* There are three possible values. */
/* */
/* Value 1: */
/* This value is associated with the `Infinality' moniker, */
/* contributed by an individual nicknamed Infinality with the goal of */
/* making TrueType fonts render better than on Windows. A high */
/* amount of configurability and flexibility, down to rules for */
/* single glyphs in fonts, but also very slow. Its experimental and */
/* slow nature and the original developer losing interest meant that */
/* this option was never enabled in default builds. */
/* */
/* The corresponding interpreter version is v38. */
/* */
/* Value 2: */
/* The new default mode for the TrueType driver. The Infinality code */
/* base was stripped to the bare minimum and all configurability */
/* removed in the name of speed and simplicity. The configurability */
/* was mainly aimed at legacy fonts like Arial, Times New Roman, or */
/* Courier. Legacy fonts are fonts that modify vertical stems to */
/* achieve clean black-and-white bitmaps. The new mode focuses on */
/* applying a minimal set of rules to all fonts indiscriminately so */
/* that modern and web fonts render well while legacy fonts render */
/* okay. */
/* */
/* The corresponding interpreter version is v40. */
/* */
/* Value 3: */
/* Compile both, making both v38 and v40 available (the latter is the */
/* default). */
/* */
/* By undefining these, you get rendering behavior like on Windows */
/* without ClearType, i.e., Windows XP without ClearType enabled and */
/* Win9x (interpreter version v35). Or not, depending on how much */
/* hinting blood and testing tears the font designer put into a given */
/* font. If you define one or both subpixel hinting options, you can */
/* switch between between v35 and the ones you define (using */
/* `FT_Property_Set'). */
/* */
/* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */
/* defined. */
/* */
/* [1] https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
/* */
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 1 */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 2
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING ( 1 | 2 ) */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
/* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
/* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
/* */
/* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
/* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
/* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
/* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
/* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
/* fonts will not have them. */
/* */
/* https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */
/* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
/* */
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
/* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
/* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
/* Masters support. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
/* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
/* */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Option TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES controls the maximum */
/* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the */
/* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't */
/* want to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making */
/* a library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts). */
/* */
/* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring */
/* script; instead, it gets surrounded with #ifndef ... #endif so that */
/* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's */
/* command line. */
/* */
#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */
/* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
/* required. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
/* calls during glyph loading. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
/* minimum of 16 is required. */
/* */
/* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
/* */
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
/* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
/* unable to produce kerning distances. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
/* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
/* driver. */
/* */
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe Type 1 */
/* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to */
/* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */
/* the type1 driver module. */
/* */
/* #define T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Using CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4} it is */
/* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that */
/* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For */
/* more details please read the documentation of the */
/* `darkening-parameters' property (file `ftdriver.h'), which allows the */
/* control at run-time. */
/* */
/* Do *not* undefine these macros! */
/* */
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF */
/* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to */
/* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */
/* the cff driver module. */
/* */
/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** P C F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* There are many PCF fonts just called `Fixed' which look completely */
/* different, and which have nothing to do with each other. When */
/* selecting `Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather */
/* random, the style changes often if one changes the size and one */
/* cannot select some fonts at all. This option makes the PCF module */
/* prepend the foundry name (plus a space) to the family name. */
/* */
/* We also check whether we have `wide' characters; all put together, we */
/* get family names like `Sony Fixed' or `Misc Fixed Wide'. */
/* */
/* If this option is activated, it can be controlled with the */
/* `no-long-family-names' property of the pcf driver module. */
/* */
/* #define PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
/* support. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with fallback Indic script support, covering */
/* some scripts that the `latin' submodule of the autofit module doesn't */
/* (yet) handle. */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */
/* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
/* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */
/* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */
/* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */
/* */
/* This experimental option is active only if the rendering mode is */
/* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT; you can switch warping on and off with the */
/* `warping' property of the auto-hinter (see file `ftdriver.h' for more */
/* information; by default it is switched off). */
/* */
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Use TrueType-like size metrics for `light' auto-hinting. */
/* */
/* It is strongly recommended to avoid this option, which exists only to */
/* help some legacy applications retain its appearance and behaviour */
/* with respect to auto-hinted TrueType fonts. */
/* */
/* The very reason this option exists at all are GNU/Linux distributions */
/* like Fedora that did not un-patch the following change (which was */
/* present in FreeType between versions 2.4.6 and 2.7.1, inclusive). */
/* */
/* 2011-07-16 Steven Chu <steven.f.chu@gmail.com> */
/* */
/* [truetype] Fix metrics on size request for scalable fonts. */
/* */
/* This problematic commit is now reverted (more or less). */
/* */
/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS */
/* */
/*
* This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType
* version 2.5.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
/*
* This macro is defined if native TrueType hinting is requested by the
* definitions above.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 1
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY
#endif
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 2
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_MINIMAL
#endif
#endif
#endif
/*
* Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function
* `cff_property_set' in file `cffdrivr.c'.
*/
#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500
#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!"
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstdlib.h */
/* */
/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
/* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
/* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
/* */
/* Load a file which defines FTSTDLIB_H_ before this one to override it. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* integer limits */
/* */
/* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
/* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
/* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
/* */
/* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
/* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
/* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
/* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
/* */
/* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
/* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* character and string processing */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* file handling */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* sorting */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* memory allocation */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* miscellaneous */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#define ft_strtol strtol
#define ft_getenv getenv
/**********************************************************************/
/* */
/* execution control */
/* */
/**********************************************************************/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */
/* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */
/* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */
/* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */
/* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */
/* Otherwise, they are in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* NULL, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */
/* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Init */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
/* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */
/* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */
/* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */
/* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbzip2.h */
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2010-2018 by */
/* Joel Klinghed. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bzip2 */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BZIP2 Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
* from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* general_remarks */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* General Remarks */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* header_inclusion */
/* user_allocation */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* core_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Core API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* version */
/* basic_types */
/* base_interface */
/* glyph_variants */
/* glyph_management */
/* mac_specific */
/* sizes_management */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* format_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Format-Specific API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* truetype_tables */
/* type1_tables */
/* sfnt_names */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* cid_fonts */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* font_formats */
/* gasp_table */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* module_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Controlling FreeType Modules */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* auto_hinter */
/* cff_driver */
/* t1_cid_driver */
/* tt_driver */
/* pcf_driver */
/* properties */
/* parameter_tags */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Cache Sub-System */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* support_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Support API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* computations */
/* list_processing */
/* outline_processing */
/* quick_advance */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* raster */
/* glyph_stroker */
/* system_interface */
/* module_management */
/* gzip */
/* lzw */
/* bzip2 */
/* lcd_filtering */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* error_codes */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Codes */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcid.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2018 by */
/* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCID_H_
#define FTCID_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* cid_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* CID Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* CID-keyed font specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
* contrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
* successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SFNT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCID_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrdef.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Code Values */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h' */
/* (loaded automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H'). The first */
/* argument of the `FT_ERROR_DEF_' macro is the error label; by */
/* default, the prefix `FT_Err_' gets added so that you get error */
/* names like `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource'. The second argument is */
/* the error code, and the last argument an error string, which is not */
/* used by FreeType. */
/* */
/* Within your application you should *only* use error names and */
/* *never* its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do) */
/* change in forthcoming FreeType versions. */
/* */
/* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_' defines `FT_Err_Ok', which is always zero. */
/* See the `Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically */
/* generate a list of error strings. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Err_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( DEF_In_Glyf_Bytecode, 0x9C,
"found FDEF or IDEF opcode in glyf bytecode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bitmap, 0x9D,
"missing bitmap in strike" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
"glyph too big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrors.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Enumerations */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to handle errors and error strings. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The header file `fterrors.h' (which is automatically included by */
/* `freetype.h' defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration */
/* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings */
/* with a small macro trick explained below. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Formats* */
/* */
/* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
/* defined in `ftoption.h' in order to make the higher byte indicate */
/* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
/* with standard builds of FreeType~2, however). See the file */
/* `ftmoderr.h' for more details. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Message* *Strings* */
/* */
/* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client */
/* applications to build a table of error message strings. The */
/* strings are not included in a normal build of FreeType~2 to save */
/* space (most client applications do not use them). */
/* */
/* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_START_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
/* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called to define one single error. `e' is the error */
/* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument'), `v' is the error's */
/* numerical value, and `s' is the corresponding error string. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_END_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro ends the list. */
/* */
/* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_' before #including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* Here is a simple example. */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTERRORS_H_ */
/* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
/* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int err_code; */
/* const char* err_msg; */
/* } ft_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok' is _not_ defined with `FT_ERRORDEF' but with */
/* `FT_NOERRORDEF'; it is always zero. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__'. However, */
/* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */
/* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */
/* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */
/* */
/* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* */
/* work for backward compatibility. */
/* */
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
#define FTERRORS_H_
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftfntfmt.h */
/* */
/* Support functions for font formats. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
#define FTFNTFMT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* font_formats */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Font Formats */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Getting the font format. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
/* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
/* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
/* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Font_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible */
/* values are `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', */
/* `CID~Type~1', `CFF', `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
/* */
/* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: */
/* Input face handle. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is */
/* `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgasp.h */
/* */
/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGASP_H_
#define FTGASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
* mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
* bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
*
* `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x04
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
/*************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* For a TrueType or OpenType font file, return the rasterizer behaviour
* flags from the font's `gasp' table corresponding to a given
* character pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face :: The source face handle.
*
* ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* `gasp' table in the face.
*
* @note:
* If you want to use the MM functionality of OpenType variation fonts
* (i.e., using @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates and friends), call this
* function *after* setting an instance since the return values can
* change.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftglyph.h */
/* */
/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
/* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
/* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
/* */
/* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
/* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
/* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
#define FTGLYPH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* glyph_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Glyph Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
/* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
/* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
/* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
/* bitmap or pointer. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
/* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
/* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_GlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
/* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
/* */
/* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
/* */
/* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
/* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
/* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
/* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
/* glyph bitmap. */
/* */
/* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
/* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
/* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
/* */
/* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
/* the bitmap's contents easily. */
/* */
/* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
/* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
/* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
/* the outline's content easily. */
/* */
/* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
/* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
/* */
/* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
/* destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
/* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Because `*aglyph->advance.x' and '*aglyph->advance.y' are 16.16 */
/* fixed-point numbers, `slot->advance.x' and `slot->advance.y' */
/* (which are in 26.6 fixed-point format) must be in the range */
/* ]-32768;32768[. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
/* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
/* error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
/* */
/* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
/* advance vector. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
/* Return unscaled font units. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
/* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
/* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
/* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
/* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
/* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bezier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* mode :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned */
/* bounding box values. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
/* convention. */
/* */
/* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
/* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
/* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
/* is another name for this constant. */
/* */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
/* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
/* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
/* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
/* */
/* { */
/* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
/* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
/* which corresponds to: */
/* */
/* { */
/* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
/* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
/* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
/* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
/* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
/* rendered. */
/* */
/* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
/* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
/* translation). The origin is expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixels. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
/* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
/* never destroyed in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
/* */
/* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
/* rendering. */
/* */
/* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
/* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
/* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyph; */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
/* */
/* */
/* // load glyph */
/* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* */
/* // extract glyph image */
/* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
/* */
/* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
/* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
/* { */
/* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
/* 0, 1 ); */
/* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
/* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
/* */
/* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* */
/* Here another example, again without error handling: */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
/* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
/* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a given glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
/* */
/* Since the function uses wrap-around arithmetic, results become */
/* meaningless if the arguments are very large. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Invert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
/* case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgxval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2018 by */
/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
#define FTGXVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gx_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
/* trak, prop, lcar). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free */
/* */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Validate */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX */
/* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
/* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
/* */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1 )
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate `feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate `mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate `morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate `bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate `just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate `kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate `opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate `trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate `prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate `lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
* The array itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
* type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
* invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
* and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgzip.h */
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
#define FTGZIP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gzip */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* GZIP Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
* it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
*
* @description:
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A FreeType memory handle.
*
* input ::
* The input buffer.
*
* input_len ::
* The length of the input buffer.
*
* @output:
* output::
* The output buffer.
*
* @inout:
* output_len ::
* Before calling the function, this is the total size of the output
* buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire uncompressed
* data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be known in
* advance). After calling the function, `output_len' is the size of
* the used data in `output'.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*
* @since:
* 2.5.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Byte* output,
FT_ULong* output_len,
const FT_Byte* input,
FT_ULong input_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftincrem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
#define FTINCREM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
* where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
* different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
* objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
* and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
* by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical' argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
* the data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
* the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output.
* The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
* not available all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
* incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
* not provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* }
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlcdfil.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2006-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
#define FTLCDFIL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_filtering
*
* @title:
* LCD Filtering
*
* @abstract:
* Reduce color fringes of subpixel-rendered bitmaps.
*
* @description:
* Should you #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your
* `ftoption.h', which enables patented ClearType-style rendering,
* the LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps should be filtered to reduce color
* fringes inherent to this technology. The default FreeType LCD
* rendering uses different technology, and API described below,
* although available, does nothing.
*
* ClearType-style LCD rendering exploits the color-striped structure of
* LCD pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of
* the stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Since these
* subpixels are color pixels, using them unfiltered creates severe
* color fringes. Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API to specify a
* low-pass filter, which is then applied to subpixel-rendered bitmaps
* generated through @FT_Render_Glyph. The filter sacrifices some of
* the higher resolution to reduce color fringes, making the glyph image
* slightly blurrier. Positional improvements will remain.
*
* A filter should have two properties:
*
* 1) It should be normalized, meaning the sum of the 5~components
* should be 256 (0x100). It is possible to go above or under this
* target sum, however: going under means tossing out contrast, going
* over means invoking clamping and thereby non-linearities that
* increase contrast somewhat at the expense of greater distortion
* and color-fringing. Contrast is better enhanced through stem
* darkening.
*
* 2) It should be color-balanced, meaning a filter `{~a, b, c, b, a~}'
* where a~+ b~=~c. It distributes the computed coverage for one
* subpixel to all subpixels equally, sacrificing some won resolution
* but drastically reducing color-fringing. Positioning improvements
* remain! Note that color-fringing can only really be minimized
* when using a color-balanced filter and alpha-blending the glyph
* onto a surface in linear space; see @FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* Regarding the form, a filter can be a `boxy' filter or a `beveled'
* filter. Boxy filters are sharper but are less forgiving of non-ideal
* gamma curves of a screen (viewing angles!), beveled filters are
* fuzzier but more tolerant.
*
* Examples:
*
* - [0x10 0x40 0x70 0x40 0x10] is beveled and neither balanced nor
* normalized.
*
* - [0x1A 0x33 0x4D 0x33 0x1A] is beveled and balanced but not
* normalized.
*
* - [0x19 0x33 0x66 0x4c 0x19] is beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x4c 0x66 0x4c 0x00] is boxily beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] is boxy, normalized, and almost
* balanced.
*
* - [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] is beveled, normalized and, almost
* balanced.
*
* The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
* @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char. It does _not_ affect the output
* of @FT_Outline_Render and @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
* either wider or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
* outline with regard to the pixel grid. For example, for
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 3~subpixels to the left, and
* 3~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are adjusted
* accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and
* glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
*
* It is important to understand that linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction is critical for correctly rendering glyphs onto surfaces
* without artifacts and even more critical when subpixel rendering is
* involved.
*
* Each of the 3~alpha values (subpixels) is independently used to blend
* one color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the
* text color with the red channel of the background pixel. The
* distribution of density values by the color-balanced filter assumes
* alpha blending is done in linear space; only then color artifacts
* cancel out.
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
* of a slight blurriness in the output.
*
* It is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
* that is more forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. Note that while color-fringing is reduced, it can
* only be minimized by using linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction to render glyphs onto surfaces. The default filter
* weights are [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* The light filter is a variant that is sharper at the cost of
* slightly more color fringes than the default one.
*
* It is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter that
* is less forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. This filter works best when the rendering system
* uses linear alpha blending and gamma correction to render glyphs
* onto surfaces. The light filter weights are
* [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
*
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
* For historical reasons, the FontConfig library returns a different
* enumeration value for legacy LCD filtering. To make code work that
* (incorrectly) forwards FontConfig's enumeration value to
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter without proper mapping, it is thus easiest
* to have another enumeration value, which is completely equal to
* `FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY'.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1' since 2.6.2)
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
* well on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
* instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* LCD filter weights can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties
* with @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/*
* @type:
* FT_LcdFiveTapFilter
*
* @description:
* A typedef for passing the five LCD filter weights to
* @FT_Face_Properties within an @FT_Parameter structure.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS 5
typedef FT_Byte FT_LcdFiveTapFilter[FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS];
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlist.h */
/* */
/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
/* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLIST_H_
#define FTLIST_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* List Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Simple management of lists. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to list */
/* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_List */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* data :: The address of the listed object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Append an element to the end of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to append. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
/* node :: The node to insert. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
/* the node is in the list! */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The node to remove. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
/* lists. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to move. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse */
/* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The current iteration list node. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
/* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
/* returns a non-zero value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second */
/* argument to the iterator. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list */
/* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
/* given list. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* system :: The current system object. */
/* */
/* data :: The current object to destroy. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
/* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
/* of the list. Set this to NULL if not needed. */
/* */
/* memory :: The current memory object that handles deallocation. */
/* */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last */
/* argument to the destructor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
/* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlzw.h */
/* */
/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLZW_H_
#define FTLZW_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* lzw */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* LZW Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream :: The target embedding stream.
*
* source :: The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmac.h */
/* */
/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any */
/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMAC_H_
#define FTMAC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined( __GNUC__ ) && \
( ( __GNUC__ >= 4 ) || \
( ( __GNUC__ == 3 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1 ) ) )
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__(( deprecated ))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* mac_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Mac Specific Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Only available on the Macintosh. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
/* compiled on a Macintosh. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fond :: A FOND resource. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
/* case. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Notes> */
/* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
/* that are installed in the system as follows. */
/* */
/* { */
/* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
/* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
/* Bold). */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
/* name that is handled by ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
/* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
/* buffer before calling this function. */
/* */
/* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,638 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmm.h */
/* */
/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMM_H_
#define FTMM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Multiple Masters */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
/* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
/* setting design axis coordinates. */
/* */
/* Besides Adobe MM fonts, the interface supports Apple's TrueType GX */
/* and OpenType variation fonts. Some of the routines only work with */
/* Adobe MM fonts, others will work with all three types. They are */
/* similar enough that a consistent interface makes sense. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple */
/* Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
/* fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
/* fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
/* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
/* allows for intermediate designs to be present. */
/* This number cannot exceed~16. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple */
/* Masters, TrueType GX, and OpenType variation fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* Not always meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType */
/* variation fonts. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
/* FreeType computes meaningful default values for Adobe */
/* MM fonts. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* tag :: The axis's tag (the equivalent to `name' for TrueType */
/* GX and OpenType variation fonts). FreeType provides */
/* default values for Adobe MM fonts if possible. */
/* */
/* strid :: The axis name entry in the font's `name' table. This */
/* is another (and often better) version of the `name' */
/* field for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts. Not */
/* meaningful for Adobe MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The fields `minimum', `def', and `maximum' are 16.16 fractional */
/* values for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts. For Adobe MM */
/* fonts, the values are integers. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Named_Style */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a named instance in a TrueType GX or OpenType */
/* variation font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for Adobe MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates for this instance. */
/* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this instance. */
/* */
/* psid :: The entry in `name' table identifying a PostScript name */
/* for this instance. Value 0xFFFF indicates a missing */
/* entry. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
FT_UInt psid; /* since 2.7.1 */
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model the axes and space of an Adobe MM, TrueType */
/* GX, or OpenType variation font. */
/* */
/* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the others. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
/* Adobe MM fonts; no limit in TrueType GX or */
/* OpenType variation fonts. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
/* 2^num_axis for Adobe MM fonts. Not meaningful */
/* for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts */
/* (where every glyph could have a different */
/* number of designs). */
/* */
/* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; a `named style' is */
/* a tuple of design coordinates that has a string */
/* ID (in the `name' table) associated with it. */
/* The font can tell the user that, for example, */
/* [Weight=1.5,Width=1.1] is `Bold'. Another name */
/* for `named style' is `named instance'. */
/* */
/* For Adobe Multiple Masters fonts, this value is */
/* always zero because the format does not support */
/* named styles. */
/* */
/* axis :: An axis descriptor table. */
/* TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts */
/* contain slightly more data than Adobe MM fonts. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
/* namedstyle :: A named style (instance) table. */
/* Only meaningful for TrueType GX and OpenType */
/* variation fonts. Memory management of this */
/* pointer is done internally by FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a variation descriptor of a given Adobe MM font. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
/* fonts. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a variation descriptor for a given font. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The variation descriptor. */
/* Allocates a data structure, which the user must */
/* deallocate with a call to @FT_Done_MM_Var after use. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Free the memory allocated by @FT_Get_MM_Var. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the face's parent library object that was */
/* used in the call to @FT_Get_MM_Var to create `amaster'. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_MM_Var( FT_Library library,
FT_MM_Var *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design through */
/* design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation */
/* fonts. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the */
/* function with `num_coords' set to zero and `coords' set to NULL. */
/* */
/* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords' is larger than zero, this function */
/* sets the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags' */
/* field (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords' */
/* is zero, this bit flag gets unset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the */
/* function with `num_coords' set to zero and `coords' set to NULL. */
/* [Since 2.9] `Default values' means the currently selected named */
/* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected). */
/* */
/* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords' is larger than zero, this function */
/* sets the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags' */
/* field (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords' */
/* is zero, this bit flag gets unset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Get the design coordinates of the currently selected interpolated */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates to retrieve. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, set the excess */
/* values to~0. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.7.1 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
/* between 0 and 1.0 for Adobe MM fonts, and between */
/* -1.0 and 1.0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation */
/* fonts). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the */
/* function with `num_coords' set to zero and `coords' set to NULL. */
/* [Since 2.9] `Default values' means the currently selected named */
/* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected). */
/* */
/* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords' is larger than zero, this function */
/* sets the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags' */
/* field (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords' */
/* is zero, this bit flag gets unset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Get the normalized blend coordinates of the currently selected */
/* interpolated font. */
/* */
/* This function works with all supported variation formats. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* num_coords :: The number of normalized blend coordinates to */
/* retrieve. If it is larger than the number of axes, */
/* set the excess values to~0.5 for Adobe MM fonts, and */
/* to~0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* coords :: The normalized blend coordinates array. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.7.1 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.7.1 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A list of bit flags used in the return value of */
/* @FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN :: */
/* The variation axis should not be exposed to user interfaces. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8.1 */
/* */
#define FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN 1
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Get the `flags' field of an OpenType Variation Axis Record. */
/* */
/* Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts (`*flags' is always zero). */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* master :: The variation descriptor. */
/* */
/* axis_index :: The index of the requested variation axis. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* flags :: The `flags' field. See @FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX for */
/* possible values. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8.1 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags( FT_MM_Var* master,
FT_UInt axis_index,
FT_UInt* flags );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Named_Instance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set or change the current named instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* instance_index :: The index of the requested instance, starting */
/* with value 1. If set to value 0, FreeType */
/* switches to font access without a named */
/* instance. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The function uses the value of `instance_index' to set bits 16-30 */
/* of the face's `face_index' field. It also resets any variation */
/* applied to the font, and the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit of the */
/* face's `face_flags' field gets reset to zero (i.e., */
/* @FT_IS_VARIATION will return false). */
/* */
/* For Adobe MM fonts (which don't have named instances) this */
/* function simply resets the current face to the default instance. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.9 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Named_Instance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt instance_index );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMM_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,711 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmodapi.h */
/* */
/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
#define FTMODAPI_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Module Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
/* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
/* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
/* */
/* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
/* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
/* */
/* { */
/* autofitter */
/* bdf */
/* cff */
/* gxvalid */
/* otvalid */
/* pcf */
/* pfr */
/* psaux */
/* pshinter */
/* psnames */
/* raster1 */
/* sfnt */
/* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
/* truetype */
/* type1 */
/* type42 */
/* t1cid */
/* winfonts */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Module */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* FT_Property_Set */
/* FT_Property_Get */
/* FT_Set_Default_Properties */
/* */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* FT_Renderer */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
/* produces LIGHT hints */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to initialize. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to be searched. */
/* */
/* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
/* */
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
/* */
/* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
/* bytes. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The name of the module. */
/* */
/* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
/* (major.minor). */
/* */
/* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
/* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
/* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
/* */
/* module_init :: The initializing function. */
/* */
/* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
/* */
/* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find a module by its name. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
/* should look up the source code for details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: A handle to a module object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
* module `foo' to value~1.
*
* {
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* }
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if
* a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been
* called.
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set
* instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
*
* {
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* }
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Default_Properties */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* If compilation option FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES is */
/* set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' environment */
/* variable to control driver properties. See section @properties */
/* for more. */
/* */
/* If the compilation option is not set, this function does nothing. */
/* */
/* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES' has the following syntax form (broken here */
/* into multiple lines for better readability). */
/* */
/* { */
/* <optional whitespace> */
/* <module-name1> ':' */
/* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1> */
/* <whitespace> */
/* <module-name2> ':' */
/* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2> */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* Example: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \ */
/* cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \ */
/* autofitter:warping=1 */
/* } */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Default_Properties( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
/* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
/* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
/* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
/* */
/* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */
/* reference @FT_Library objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.2 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
/* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
/* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, */
/* however, that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain */
/* valid for the life of the @FT_Library object. */
/* */
/* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
/* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module, */
/* and a call to @FT_Set_Default_Properties) instead of */
/* @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
/* library instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
/* discards all resource objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the target library. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
/* format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
/* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
/* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
/* */
/* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
/* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
/* */
/* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
/* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
/* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
/* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
/* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
* engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
* by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* Deprecated and removed.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
* the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
* was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
* the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmoderr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
/* */
/* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
/* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
/* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
/* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
/* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
/* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
/* including the high byte. */
/* */
/* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
/* an error value is set to zero. */
/* */
/* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
/* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR( err ) */
/* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
/* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
/* the line */
/* */
/* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
/* */
/* expands to */
/* */
/* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
/* */
/* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
/* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
/* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
/* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
/* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
/* */
/* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
/* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
/* the same as */
/* */
/* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
/* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
/* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
/* */
/* */
/* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
/* with something like */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTMODERR_H_ */
/* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
/* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int mod_err_offset; */
/* const char* mod_err_msg */
/* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
#define FTMODERR_H_
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftotval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
/* OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
#define FTOTVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* ot_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* OpenType Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_OpenType_Validate */
/* FT_OpenType_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT ( FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoutln.h */
/* */
/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
#define FTOUTLN_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Outline Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
/* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
/* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Outline */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* FT_Outline_Funcs */
/* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */
/* */
/* FT_Orientation */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation */
/* */
/* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
/* segments and Bezier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
/* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
/* */
/* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
/* called during decomposition to indicate path */
/* operations. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* user :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each */
/* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
/* used to store the state during the */
/* decomposition. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a */
/* `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point. In */
/* most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the */
/* outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a */
/* visible dot when round caps are used). */
/* */
/* Similarly, the function returns success for an empty outline also */
/* (doing nothing, this is, not calling any emitter); if necessary, */
/* you should filter this out, too. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new outline of a given size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
/* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
/* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
/* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
/* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
/* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
/* */
/* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
/* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
/* to use the library's memory allocator. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
/* outline. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
/* descriptor will be released. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An empty outline, or an outline with a single point only is also */
/* valid. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
/* the outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bezier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
/* */
/* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
/* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
/* function is called. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
/* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
/* outline's points. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
/* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
/* bottom borders as unchanged. */
/* */
/* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
/* possible also. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
/* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
/* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
/* handled incorrectly. */
/* */
/* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
/* */
/* Example call: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */
/* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
/* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
/* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
/* directions. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.10 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
/* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
/* the outline's `flags' field. */
/* */
/* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
/* knows what it is doing. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
/* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
/* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
/* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
/* */
/* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
/* */
/* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
/* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
/* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
/* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
/* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
/* etc. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
/* describe the rendering operation. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
/* to use this function. */
/* */
/* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
/* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
/* actually ignored. */
/* */
/* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
/* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
/* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
/* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
* be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
* must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
* fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating
* the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral
* corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT
* is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftparams.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for possible FT_Parameter tags (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2017-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTPARAMS_H_
#define FTPARAMS_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* parameter_tags
*
* @title:
* Parameter Tags
*
* @abstract:
* Macros for driver property and font loading parameter tags.
*
* @description:
* This section contains macros for the @FT_Parameter structure that are
* used with various functions to activate some special functionality or
* different behaviour of various components of FreeType.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* family names in the `name' table (introduced in OpenType version
* 1.4). Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
* have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* subfamily names in the `name' table (introduced in OpenType version
* 1.4). Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
* have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate
* incremental glyph loading.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding argument specifies the five LCD filter weights for a
* given face (if using @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for example), overriding
* the global default values or the values set up with
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'd', 'f' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding 32bit signed integer argument overrides the font
* driver's random seed value with a face-specific one; see
* @random-seed.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'e', 'e', 'd' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding Boolean argument specifies whether to apply stem
* darkening, overriding the global default values or the values set up
* with @FT_Property_Set (see @no-stem-darkening).
*
* This is a passive setting that only takes effect if the font driver
* or autohinter honors it, which the CFF, Type~1, and CID drivers
* always do, but the autohinter only in `light' hinting mode (as of
* version 2.9).
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'd', 'a', 'r', 'k' )
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* Deprecated, no effect.
*
* Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to
* indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType
* bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPARAMS_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftpfr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTPFR_H_
#define FTPFR_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* PFR Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
* in metrics units to device subpixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* left :: Index of the left glyph.
*
* right :: Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector :: A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
* units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
* mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device subpixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex :: The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device subpixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftrender.h */
/* */
/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTRENDER_H_
#define FTRENDER_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Render_Mode mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The renderer module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
/* */
/* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
/* */
/* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
/* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
/* */
/* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
/* a given glyph slot. */
/* */
/* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
/* */
/* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
/* */
/* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
/* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* format :: The glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
/* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
/* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
/* */
/* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
/* */
/* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
/* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
/* */
/* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
/* */
/* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters'; you */
/* should thus always pass NULL as the value. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsizes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
/* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
/* where they are needed. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSIZES_H_
#define FTSIZES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sizes_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Size Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
/* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
/* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
/* field. */
/* */
/* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
/* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
/* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
/* */
/* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
/* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
/* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
/* */
/* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
/* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
/* when using these. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
/* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
/* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
/* @FT_New_Size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Activate_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
/* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been */
/* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
/* */
/* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
/* object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
/* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsnames.h */
/* */
/* Simple interface to access SFNT `name' tables (which are used */
/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
/* */
/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_
#define FTSNAMES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#include FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sfnt_names */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* SFNT Names */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
/* a special names table (`name') in font files. This table contains */
/* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
/* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
/* */
/* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
/* */
/* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntName */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
/* See @TT_PLATFORM_XXX for possible values. */
/* */
/* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
/* See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
/* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, @TT_MS_ID_XXX, and @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX */
/* for possible values. */
/* */
/* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
/* See @TT_MAC_LANGID_XXX and @TT_MS_LANGID_XXX for */
/* possible values. */
/* */
/* Registered OpenType values for `language_id' are */
/* always smaller than 0x8000; values equal or larger */
/* than 0x8000 usually indicate a language tag string */
/* (introduced in OpenType version 1.6). Use function */
/* @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag with `language_id' as its */
/* argument to retrieve the associated language tag. */
/* */
/* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
/* See @TT_NAME_ID_XXX for possible values. */
/* */
/* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
/* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair, being */
/* either a string of bytes (without a terminating */
/* NULL byte) or containing UTF-16BE entities. */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more */
/* details. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string' */
/* by yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face. */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
/* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
/* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
/* */
/* `name' table format~1 entries can use language tags also, see */
/* @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntLangTag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure to model a language tag entry from an SFNT `name' */
/* table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* string :: The language tag string, encoded in UTF-16BE */
/* (without trailing NULL bytes). */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in *bytes*. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more */
/* details. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8 */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntLangTag_
{
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntLangTag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the language tag associated with a language ID of an SFNT */
/* `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* langID :: The language ID, as returned by @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name. */
/* This is always a value larger than 0x8000. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alangTag :: The language tag associated with the `name' table */
/* entry's language ID. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `alangTag' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string' */
/* by yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face. */
/* */
/* Only `name' table format~1 supports language tags. For format~0 */
/* tables, this function always returns FT_Err_Invalid_Table. For */
/* invalid format~1 language ID values, FT_Err_Invalid_Argument is */
/* returned. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.8 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt langID,
FT_SfntLangTag *alangTag );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstroke.h */
/* */
/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_
#define FTSTROKE_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
* glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
* `inside' borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*
* @order:
* FT_Stroker
*
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* FT_Stroker_New
* FT_Stroker_Set
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
*/
/**************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
* in a stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
* to join two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
* the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
* region of the corner with a straight line between the
* outer corners of each stroke.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
* miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
* for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
* angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
* that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
* segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
* limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
* above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
* created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
* line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
* the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
* strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
* of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
* intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
* miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
* long spikes being created.
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
* join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
* for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
* backward compatibility.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
* rendered in a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
* point itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
* last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
* last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border
* in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `inside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `outside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
*
* @note:
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
* You should call this function before beginning a new
* series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
* the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
* later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
* of a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
*
* If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
* not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
* If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
* single line segment to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single quadratic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bezier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single cubic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bezier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bezier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
* outlines generated by the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
* retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
* structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
* receive all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
* retrieve all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
* outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
* only return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
* the outside border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsynth.h */
/* */
/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2000-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource that should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_
#define FTSYNTH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */
/* mono-width fonts! */
/* */
/* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsystem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_
#define FTSYSTEM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* system_interface */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* System Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
/* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
/* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
/* i/o streams. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
* @also:
* See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given
* stream object.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
* with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
* error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
* actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
* (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
* thus just a hint.)
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
* internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
* implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttrigon.h */
/* */
/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_
#define FTTRIGON_H_
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
* the 2d plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x' will be `cos(angle)', and the value of
* `vec.y' will be `sin(angle)'.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */
/* END */
@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttypes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2018 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTYPES_H_
#define FTTYPES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Basic Data Types */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* The basic data types defined by the library. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
/* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
/* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* FT_Char */
/* FT_Int */
/* FT_UInt */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* FT_Short */
/* FT_UShort */
/* FT_Long */
/* FT_ULong */
/* FT_Bool */
/* FT_Offset */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* FT_String */
/* FT_Tag */
/* FT_Error */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* FT_Pos */
/* FT_Vector */
/* FT_BBox */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* FT_FWord */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* FT_Generic */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* FT_Bitmap */
/* FT_Pixel_Mode */
/* FT_Palette_Mode */
/* FT_Glyph_Format */
/* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bool */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
/* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_FWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
/* units. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
/* font units. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Char */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
/* */
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
/* */
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
/* */
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_String */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
/* */
typedef char FT_String;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Short */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed short. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UShort */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned short. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the int type. */
/* */
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Long */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed long. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ULong */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned long. */
/* */
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
/* values or matrix coefficients. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Error */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
/* as a successful operation. */
/* */
typedef int FT_Error;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
/* */
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Offset */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
/* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
/* or a memory block size. */
/* */
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
/* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
/* between two pointers. */
/* */
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
/* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
/* */
/* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
/* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
/* */
/* { */
/* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
/* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
/* } */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* pointer :: The data. */
/* */
/* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_Int length;
} FT_Data;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
/* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
/* details of usage. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. */
/* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
/* */
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)( void* object );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Generic */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
/* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
/* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
/* */
/* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
/* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
/* servers. */
/* */
/* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
/* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
/* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
/* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
/* in the `finalizer' field). */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
/* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
/* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
/* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label */
/* TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
/* this macro. */
/* */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
(FT_Tag) \
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
/* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
/* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_List */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
/* */
/* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
/* */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
/* used in many parts of FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
/* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
/* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */
/* END */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More